1021
    1 BEFORE THE
    ILLINOIS POLLUTION CONTROL
    2 BOARD
    3 IN THE MATTER OF: )
    DAVID AND SUSI SHELTON, )
    4 )
    Complainants, )
    5 )
    vs. )PCB 96-53
    6 )Volume 6
    STEVEN AND NANCY CROWN, )
    7 )
    Respondents. )
    8
    9
    10 REPORT OF PROCEEDINGS taken in the
    11 above-entitled matter, taken before MS. JUNE
    12 EDVENSON, Hearing Officer for the Illinois
    13 Pollution Control Board, commencing on the 19th
    14 day of
    Augut, A.D., 1996 at the offices of the
    15 Illinois Pollution Control Board, 100 W. Randolph
    16 Street, Chicago, Illinois, at approximately 9:00
    17 a.m.
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1022
    1 PRESENT:
    2
    3
    4 THE JEFF DIVER GROUP
    5 BY: MR. JEFFREY DIVER &
    6 MR. KAISER
    7 For the Complainants;
    8
    9 GOULD & RATNER
    10 BY: MR. RICHARD ELLEDGE &
    11 MR. ROBERT CARSON
    12 For Respondents
    13
    14
    15
    16
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1023
    1 I N D E X
    2 D C RED REC
    3 DAVID SHELTON 1025 1076 1093
    1095
    4
    BRADLEY EDWARD MAUTNER 1097 1124 1163 1168
    5
    ROBERT PAUL ELFERING 1174 1189
    6
    PETER KELLER 1194 1210
    7
    E X H I B I T S
    8
    OFR'D REC'D
    9
    Respondent's Exhibit No. 8 1111 1112
    10 Complainant's Exhibit No. 99; 5,6 1135 1138
    Complainant's Exhibit No. 112 1170 1171
    11 Complainant's Exhibit No. 109 1171 1172
    Complainant's Exhibit No. 110 1171 1172
    12 Respondent's Exhibit No. 9 1187
    Complainant's Exhibit No. 81 1219
    13 1222
    Complainant's Exhibit No. 23 1249
    1249
    14
    15
    16
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1024
    1 THE COURT: Good morning and welcome.
    This is the
    continution of the hearing of the
    2 contested case of the
    Sheltons vs the Crowns. Case
    Number PCB 96-53. And, this is a noise
    3 enforcement action. My name is June
    Edvenson, I'm
    the Board's Hearing Officer for this case. And,
    4 counsel for the parties have entered their
    appearances. We are at the point in our
    5 proceedings where we are in the midst of the
    cross-examination of Mr.
    Shelton by counsel for
    6 Respondents, Mr. Robert Carson. Would you like to
    continue at this time, counsel?
    7 MR. CARSON: Yes, we're ready to proceed.
    MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, if I
    8 can indicate, on the record, that on behalf of the
    Complainants, there's one additional person in the
    9 room today that's our legal associate, Elizabeth
    Molson, just so the record is clear on that.
    10 THE COURT: Thank you. Welcome. All
    right, then, let's have the re-swearing of the
    11 witness.
    (Witness sworn)
    12 D A V I D S H E L T O N,
    after having been first duly sworn on oath,
    13 deposes and testifies as follows:
    CROSS EXAMINATION
    14 BY MR. CARSON:
    Q Good morning, Mr.
    Shelton.
    15 A Good morning.
    Q Mr.
    Shelton, I'd like to take you back to
    16 June of 1995, sir. Do you recall, at that time,
    that there were some sound readings that were done
    17 by Mr. Al Shiner in June of 1995?
    A Yes.
    18 Q And, you were present for those sound
    readings, were you not?
    19 A Yes.
    Q And, do you recall, sir, that those sound
    20 readings were taken after the acoustical enclosure
    was installed at the Crown residence--
    21 A Yes.
    Q -- around their air conditioning unit?
    22 A Yes.
    Q Did that acoustical enclosure result in a
    23 substantial reduction in the sound emitted from
    the unit?
    24 A Not until the cones were removed.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1025
    1 Q After the removal of the cones, which was
    also in June of 1995?
    2 A Yes.
    Q At that time, sir, did those
    3 modifications of the enclosure and the cone
    removal result in substantial reduction in the
    4 sounds emitted from the unit?
    A Yes.
    5 Q You heard Mr. Shiner testify in these
    proceedings, did you not?
    6 A Yes.
    Q And, Mr. Shiner described, in his expert
    7 opinion, that the perceived reduction in sound to
    the listener would be that the perceived sound
    8 would be cut in half as a result of those
    modifications?
    9 A Yes, he said that.
    Q Do you agree with that, sir?
    10 A I certainly don't disagree with it.
    Q This is Exhibit No. 41. It was already
    11 placed into evidence as part of the Petitioner's
    case. And, this is your June 26th, 1995 letter to
    12 Steve Crown, is that what that is, sir?
    A Yes.
    13 Q Now, according to this letter, you have
    received and have reviewed Mr. Shiner's
    14 measurements at the time that he sent them, is
    that right?
    15 A Yes.
    Q And, it states, in the opening paragraph,
    16 that the results of Monday night's test show that
    the noise levels are still far in excess of IPCB
    17 standards. You see that?
    A Yes, that's following the sentence where
    18 I said the unit enclosure --
    Q Yes. The IPCB standards that you're
    19 referring to there were what?
    A The Illinois Pollution Control Board
    20 Numeric Noise Standards.
    Q Were you aware, sir, at the time that you
    21 sent this letter, that those numeric noise
    standards are not applicable to the sound emitted
    22 from one residence to another residence?
    MR. KAISER: Objection, calls for a legal
    23 conclusion.
    MR. CARSON: I'm asking for the witness'
    24 state of mind. He sent this letter. He made a
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1026
    1 statement. I want to know what his belief was at
    the time he sent this letter.
    2 MR. KAISER: Excuse me, Madam Hearing
    Officer. If Mr. Carson would rephrase the
    3 question so that, in Mr. Carson's opinion, the
    Illinois Pollution Control Board standards are
    4 inapplicable, because I don't believe that issue
    has been resolved, for purposes of this hearing.
    5 So, if Mr. Carson wants to state that there's
    question about the application of those
    6 standards--but, to state it as the law of this
    case, as Mr. Carson has done, is clearly
    7 inappropriate. There's not been a ruling by the
    Board as to whether those standards are, or are
    8 not, applicable. And, it's our position that they
    are, in fact, applicable.
    9 MR. CARSON: Briefly responding, Ms.
    Edvenson, is think that what Mr. Kaiser is
    10 suggesting that I'm not allowed to ask leading
    questions on cross-examination. And, I believe
    11 that I am. I'm not intending to go make
    statements of what the law is. I'm asking the
    12 witness a leading question, and that's all that
    I'm intending to do, as to what his state of mind
    13 was at the time.
    MR. KAISER: Parenthetically a misleading
    14 question.
    THE COURT: We've already entertained a
    15 very similar question to this question when we
    last met. And, I asked that the witness not be
    16 asked to give any sort of legal opinion, because
    we wish to separate the examination of the law
    17 from the facts and stick with an examination of
    the facts before this witness. However, if your
    18 question is limited to whether or not he had an
    understanding that it was or was not applicable,
    19 although I find the relevance of it somewhat
    questionable, I'll permit him to answer whether or
    20 not he felt it was or was not, at the time that he
    wrote the letter.
    21 MR. CARSON: Thank you, your Honor. I'll
    rephrase the question.
    22 THE COURT: So, if you can rephrase it
    narrowly, we'll proceed with it.
    23 BY MR. CARSON:
    Q Mr.
    Shelton, at the time that you sent
    24 this letter, did you have an understanding as to
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1027
    1 the applicability of those IPCB standards?
    A It was my --
    2 Q My question, sir, was did you have an
    understanding.
    3 A Yes.
    Q And, how did you gain that understanding?
    4 A Through discussions with counsel and Greg
    Zak.
    5 Q So, you had already consulted with
    counsel as to the applicability of the IPCB
    6 standards to the noise emitted from Mr. Crown's
    air conditioner onto your property, at the time
    7 you wrote this letter?
    A Yes.
    8 Q And, you had the benefit of counsel's
    interpretation of the statute at the time that you
    9 wrote this, the regulations, the standards, at the
    time you wrote this letter?
    10 A I had a general impression that I had
    formed. I don't recall specifically asking
    11 counsel to give me a definitive answer as to the
    legal technicalities. But, I had a general
    12 understanding that the numeric standards would
    apply here.
    13 Q It was your belief that the numeric
    standards did apply?
    14 A Yes.
    Q Looking to the bottom of Exhibit No. 41,
    15 on the first page, there's a statement that there
    are, or there were, certain other problems which
    16 Al was unable to measure at the time. And then,
    you described, for example, sound surges as
    17 components of the system cycling on and off. It
    was your belief, sir, that Mr. Shiner's
    18 measurements were not complete?
    A I'm not sure how to answer the question.
    19 Insofar as what he measured, I had no reason to
    doubt that they were true and accurate readings.
    20 There were certain measurements that it would have
    been beneficial to have taken, that did not take
    21 place. And, they're described here in the
    attachment to this letter.
    22 Q What you're suggesting, then, in this
    sentence about the certain other problems was that
    23 there was a problem creating the problem?
    A I don't understand the question.
    24 Q Well, you had Mr. Shiner there for the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1028
    1 purpose of measuring the problem. But, evidently,
    the problem could not be re-created through that
    2 method, is that what happened, sir?
    MR. KAISER: Objection, excuse me, Madam
    3 Hearing Officer. We've had this objection as well
    where, through a leading question, Mr. Carson has
    4 attempted to characterize the function Mr. Shiner
    served in performing the sound measurement
    5 readings. And, to the extent he characterizes Mr.
    Shiner's involvement as an attempt to solve the
    6 problem, I don't believe that was the testimony by
    Mr. Shiner or Mr.
    Shelton. Mr. Shiner's role was
    7 to obtain noise measurements.
    MR. CARSON: And, my question didn't say
    8 anything about solving the problem, it was
    measuring the problem.
    9 THE COURT: Could you rephrase your
    question, Mr. Carson?
    10 BY MR. CARSON:
    Q Mr.
    Shelton, did you, or did you not,
    11 consent to having Mr. Shiner at your property that
    night to take these measurements?
    12 A Yes. As agreed to in our January
    meeting with representatives of the Village,
    13 Steven Crown and I were jointly paying for the
    readings to be done that evening.
    14 Q And, the purpose was to measure the sound
    emitted from Mr. Crown's air conditioner onto your
    15 property, right?
    A At the lot line.
    16 Q And, your concern, as expressed in this
    letter, was that the problem sounds couldn't be
    17 created for him to measure, is that right?
    A We, there was an agreed upon protocol
    18 that Mr. Shiner reached with somebody.
    Q I'm sorry, Mr.
    Shelton, I don't mean to
    19 interrupt you. But, my question was, in
    expressing this statement, certain other problems
    20 which Al was unable to measure. Were you
    expressing your opinion that there was a problem
    21 creating the problem?
    A There were certain sound readings that
    22 were not taken that might have been helpful in
    letting us know about the totality of the problem,
    23 such as the second floor reading.
    Q Well, there was also some difficulty
    24 getting the air conditioner to cycle on and off,
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1029
    1 right?
    A Mr. Carson is referencing the last
    2 paragraph of Page 1.
    Q There's also a reference in the middle of
    3 Page 1 to the attachment, other issues, which is
    part of Exhibit No. 41.
    4 A Could you repeat the question?
    Q In addition to not being able to take
    5 measurements at the second story window, there was
    also some difficulty obtaining the sound surges
    6 that you described, right?
    A Yes.
    7 Q Now, looking to the second page of
    Exhibit No. 41, the third paragraph down, the
    8 opening sentence, "As you know, our house is on
    the market." You're referring there, sir, to your
    9 efforts to sell your home, is that right?
    A Yes.
    10 Q And, how long was it that you had your
    house listed for sale?
    11 A I believe we listed it for sale
    officially in early 1995. I believe in February,
    12 if memory serves.
    Q Is it correct that the house was listed
    13 for about seven months?
    A Yes.
    14 Q And, at that time, you entered into a
    lease?
    15 A It was off the market for a period of
    time between when it was on the market for sale,
    16 and when we put it on the market for lease.
    Q And, during the seven months that it was
    17 listed for sale, I take it you didn't receive any
    offers that were of a level that you believed you
    18 should receive for the house, is that correct?
    A Yes.
    19 Q Please turn to, in the attachment which
    is part of Exhibit No. 41, entitled "Other
    20 Issues". And, this description of other issues, I
    assume, is something you prepared?
    21 A Yes.
    Q Going on to Page 3 of the other issues,
    22 there's a section entitled
    Shelton Air
    Conditioner.
    23 A Yes.
    Q According to this statement, Mr. Shiner
    24 also tested the
    Shelton's air conditioners, is
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1030
    1 that correct?
    A Yes.
    2 Q You were there when those tests were
    done?
    3 A Yes.
    Q And, evidently, one of the units was
    4 measured as exceeding the IPCB nighttime levels.
    That was your understanding, wasn't it?
    5 A He tested with both of our air
    conditioners on. The weighted average was below
    6 the nighttime levels. However, at three or four
    frequencies, there was a very slight
    exceedance.
    7 Q Now, it says here, nevertheless, there
    are three frequencies where the
    Shelton unit is
    8 slightly above the nighttime standards. I guess
    that's what you just said, right, there were three
    9 frequencies where it exceeded the IPCB nighttime
    standards?
    10 A Slightly.
    Q Is it your belief that slight
    exceedance
    11 isn't relevant?
    MR. KAISER: Objection, argumentative.
    12 THE COURT: Sustained.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    13 Q You stated, in this letter, that the unit
    slightly exceeded the nighttime standards. Is
    14 there some expertise that you're relying on that
    renders the
    exceedance only slight?
    15 A I was basing that statement upon my
    knowledge, which I had developed some limited
    16 knowledge during the course of this case, about
    noise levels. And, 1, 2, or 3 decibels, 1 or 2
    17 decibels is frequently, as I understand it,
    generally not deemed to be major.
    18 Q So, you viewed that slight
    exceedance to
    be not a big deal?
    19 A Yes, compared to the Crown's
    exceedance.
    Q You viewed it as not a big deal, right?
    20 A Right, based on the Crown's
    exceedance.
    Q Now, at the same time you were asking Mr.
    21 Crown, were you not, to not only meet, but meet an
    adequate margin of safety below the IPCB
    22 standards, isn't that right?
    A We requested that, yes.
    23 Q That was in your, we've already looked at
    your letter of July 21st, Exhibit No. 47 where you
    24 requested that the Crown unit meet an adequate
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1031
    1 margin of safety below Illinois' Numeric
    Standards?
    2 A Yes.
    MR. KAISER: Objection. I believe that
    3
    mischaracterizes that exhibit. I believe that
    Exhibit No. 47 had to do with the design, and
    4 factoring in a level of safety, in the design of
    an enclosure, and other steps to
    remediate the
    5 sound problem, and didn't establish the standards
    that Mr.
    Shelton was looking for.
    6 MR. CARSON: I'm not sure if that was an
    objection, or whether that was a speech. Can I --
    7 THE COURT: Let's just have it be
    clarification that the reference that you made,
    8 Mr. Carson, was solely for the purpose of
    reminding the Board what exhibit we're talking
    9 about, at this point.
    You can proceed.
    10 BY MR. CARSON:
    Q Just so we're clear exactly what Exhibit
    11 No. 47 says, here's a copy of it. Did you, or did
    you not, say to Steve Crown, or rather to Alan
    12 Shiner, regarding the Crown air conditioner, that
    you want any changes done right so that there's an
    13 adequate margin of safety below Illinois' numeric
    standards? You did say that in that letter,
    14 didn't you?
    A I did say that. And, the reason I said
    15 that --
    Q Well, if your counsel wants to ask you a
    16 question, your counsel can ask you a question.
    I've asked you if you said that. You've told me
    17 you did. If you don't mind, I'll go to the next
    question.
    18 A Yes.
    Q Thank you. Now, regarding this, not a
    19 big deal, where your unit exceeded the standards
    at three frequencies. Was that one of your units
    20 or both of your units?
    A Both of our units were on.
    21 Q Now, in Exhibit No. 41, you just had the
    singular, you said "Nevertheless, there are three
    22 frequencies where the
    Shelton unit is slightly
    above the nighttime standards."
    23 A To the best of my knowledge, both of the
    units were on. And, it may have been a slip when I
    24 used the number here, the singular rather than
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1032
    1 plural.
    Q How many units did you have?
    2 A We had two units.
    Q Was one of them bigger than the other?
    3 A I believe that one is three tons, and the
    other is two tons.
    4 Q Where was the three ton unit located?
    A I believe, and the reason I say I
    5 believe, is that I'm trying to recollect which of
    the units is which. The larger unit is located on
    6 the ground on the south side of our house. And,
    the smaller unit, at that time, was located
    7 rooftop, over our family room. It's since been
    relocated to insure that there isn't the slightest
    8 violation of the IPCB standards on the Crown lot
    line.
    9 Q We have Exhibit No. 51 on the table in
    front of you. This is the plan which was
    10 represented in earlier testimony. And, right now,
    if you would, point to Exhibit No. 51 where the
    11 three ton unit was located at the time the
    measurements were taken in June of 1995? Please
    12 point, put a mark on it.
    A I'm sorry, next to the word "garage".
    13 Q And, the two ton unit, which you stated
    was on the roof, but has since been moved now,
    14 where was that located?
    A Approximately here.
    15 Q Maybe if we could just put a X --
    THE COURT: If you'd like to use red or
    16 something--
    Q Using this red pencil --
    17 THE COURT: Contrasting color.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    18 Q Can you put maybe a two ton with a circle
    around it? And, the other unit, if you can put
    19 three ton with a circle around it? Thank you.
    And those--you've marked Exhibit No. 51
    20 in the manner I've asked you to. And, those are
    the units, the locations of the units that existed
    21 in June of 1995?
    A Yes.
    22 Q Now, regarding the configuration of your
    house. There's a seating area noted, and that
    23 would be to the east, the east side of your house?
    A Yes.
    24 Q That's the patio you testified about
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1033
    1 earlier?
    A Yes.
    2 Q Is there also a screened in porch on that
    side of the house?
    3 A No, no. There's a family room on the
    southeast side of the house, south of the patio.
    4 Q So, the unit, the two ton unit was on the
    roof above the family room?
    5 A Yes.
    Q Which would be the east wall, exterior
    6 wall of the house. Could you draw that in a blue
    pencil?
    7 A Roughly, this would be roughly the east
    wall. The family room.
    8 Q So, the family room protrudes to the east
    of the house?
    9 A Yes.
    Q Beyond the rest --
    10 A Yes.
    Q And, the patio is adjacent to that family
    11 room?
    A Yes.
    12 Q And, also protrudes a little further--
    A Yes.
    13 Q --as shown on Exhibit No. 51. And, your
    son, David's, room is directly above the family
    14 room, or is it inside, or is it west?
    A It's to the west.
    15 Q And, above?
    A And above.
    16 Q Can you draw in where David's room was
    located?
    17 Thank you. And, you testified that the
    rooftop unit was
    relocted, at some point. When
    18 was that done?
    A It was supposed to have been done right
    19 after the readings in the summer of 1995.
    However, it did not, because of weather delays and
    20 scheduling problems with our air conditioning
    contractor, did not happen until this summer. It
    21 happened in July.
    Q Where was it moved to?
    22 A It was moved directly to the east of the
    house, on the west edge of the patio, between the
    23 house and the patio.
    Q Maybe if we take this red pen and just
    24 put an arrow and
    indicte where it was relocated.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1034
    1 Where's the master bedroom located?
    A The master bedroom is located on the
    2 northeast corner of the house. Would you like for
    me to draw that?
    3 MR. DIVER: Let the record show the
    witness is taking a black or blue pen --
    4 A I'll note it as MB, master bedroom.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    5 Q Again, on Exhibit No. 41, sir, and the
    page we were looking at, Page 3 of Other Issues
    6 where you were talking about the
    Shelton air
    conditioner.
    7 A Yes.
    Q It states, in the last sentence on that
    8 page, "However, they are taking immediate steps to
    insure that the unit complies with the IPCB
    9 standards at all frequencies". And, the "they" in
    that sentence is you?
    10 A Yes.
    Q You and your family?
    11 A Yes.
    Q And, according to this statement that was
    12 made in June of 1995, you were taking immediate
    steps to comply with the IPCB nighttime standards
    13 with respect to your own air conditioning units,
    right?
    14 A Yes, sir.
    Q And what, if I'm elaborating on what you
    15 said earlier, evidently what you deemed to be the
    appropriate response would be to move that rooftop
    16 unit down to the patio area?
    A We did two things. We first had two
    17 different air conditioning firms come out and look
    at our air conditioning situation. Based upon
    18 their recommendations, we hired Dave's Heating and
    Air Conditioning of Evanston, who had done work at
    19 our house before, to do two things. One, with the
    larger unit on the outside of the house, there
    20 were loose parts on it. We had them tightened up.
    This is an older unit, and he tightened those up.
    21 Second, he determined that we should put a
    compressor cover over the smaller unit rooftop,
    22 and that we should relocate it. And so, we engaged
    him to do that. Unfortunately, as I mentioned a
    23 moment ago, it was in the height of the summer.
    He was not able to get it done until this summer.
    24 Q So, with respect to that rooftop unit,
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1035
    1 you not only moved it down to the patio, you also
    put a compressor cover over it?
    2 A Yes. It was supposed to have one to
    begin with. But, apparently, it had never been
    3 installed, which we did not know at that time.
    Q When that unit was on the roof, how far
    4 was it from David's window?
    A It wasn't far at all. But, we very
    5 seldom used the unit. And, as I said here, as far
    as we knew, as of mid-summer of 1995, we hadn't
    6 had it on after 10:00 p.m. once. And, as my wife
    testified, if we used it six or seven times during
    7 the summer, that would be the maximum extent. So,
    it was never a problem.
    8 Q So, when your son described the death hum
    that he was hearing in his bedroom, did you take
    9 any steps to determine whether that death hum was
    coming from your air conditioner?
    10 A We knew it was coming from the Crown air
    conditioner.
    11 Q Even though this loud unit, that which a
    compressor cover had never been installed, was
    12 right outside his window?
    A We didn't use it at night. We seldom
    13 used it during the day.
    Q How long had that rooftop unit been
    14 there?
    A Since we put the original addition on the
    15 house, which would have been the summer of 1990.
    Q By the way, Exhibit No. 47, which we
    16 looked at just a moment ago, has an attachment
    which, there was some discussion earlier in these
    17 proceedings about it being a portion of a
    Trane
    engineering bulletin?
    18 A Yes.
    Q And, you testified that you sent a copy
    19 of the letter, Exhibit No. 47, to Steve Crown in
    July of 1994?
    20 A Yes.
    Q It doesn't say, does it, on the letter,
    21 that the attachments were included with the
    letter?
    22 A It doesn't say that, say it on the
    letter, no.
    23 Q Did you put the letter in an envelope
    yourself?
    24 A Yes, I did.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1036
    1 Q And, do you know, can you tell us, of
    your own recollection, as you sit here today, that
    2 the enclosure was also put into that envelope?
    A To the best of my recollection, yes.
    3 Q You can't really say for sure, can you?
    A Well, I had the letter--
    4 MR. KAISER: Objection, misstates his
    testimony.
    5 MR. CARSON: I don't even understand that
    objection.
    6 MR. KAISER: Argumentative.
    THE COURT: Overruled. I'll let the
    7 witness attempt to recollect.
    A I wrote the letter myself on the word
    8 processor, and printed it, and put it in an
    envelope. To the best of my recollection, it
    9 included the attachments.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    10 Q But, you can't really say for sure
    whether the attachment was part of it or not, can
    11 you?
    A I suppose I can't testify -- I don't know
    12 quite how to answer that. To the best of my
    recollection, it was included.
    13 Q Mr.
    Shelton, you were back in
    Winnetka in
    July of this year, at which time Mr.
    Zak took some
    14 sound measurements of the system, is that right?
    A I believe it was in June.
    15 Q In June?
    A Yes.
    16 Q And, at that time, it was your
    understanding that there had been some additional
    17 modifications to the system, which would limit the
    number of compressors and the number of fans that
    18 would be in operation at any one time?
    A Yes.
    19 Q And, you personally had an opportunity to
    listen to the sound emitted from the unit at that
    20 time, did you not?
    A Yes.
    21 Q And, would you agree that the
    modifications had resulted in a substantial,
    22 further substantial reductions in the sound?
    A They had resulted in a reduction, as best
    23 I can judge.
    Q It was a noticeable reduction, to your
    24 ears, right?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1037
    1 A Yes. I could notice a reduction, yes.
    Q And, in fact, you told Greg
    Zak that
    2 evening that the unit was significantly quieter,
    didn't you?
    3 A I don't recall specifically telling him
    that, but --
    4 Q Words to that effect?
    A Yes. It was my opinion, at that time,
    5 that there was a reduction in the sound.
    Q And, did you visit the site again last
    6 week; that is, on Thursday, August 15th?
    A Yes.
    7 Q And, you gave a listen at that time, is
    that right?
    8 A Yes.
    Q And, some additional sound measurements
    9 were taken?
    A Yes.
    10 Q Did you make notes of the sound
    measurements as they were reported to you?
    11 A I did.
    Q Do you have those notes with you?
    12 A Yes, I have them in my case.
    MR. CARSON: With your Honor's
    13 permission, can the witness pull his notes out?
    THE COURT: Yes.
    14 A These are the notes that I took that
    evening. These are some, I transcribed those to a
    15 worksheet, which is my own --
    MR. KAISER: Can we have just a moment to
    16 examine the documents?
    THE COURT: Yes. Off the record to
    17 examine documents.
    (Off the record)
    18 THE COURT: We'll go back on the record,
    and there's been some concern expressed about
    19 whether the Respondent's counsel should be
    permitted to look at Mr.
    Shelton's notes, which
    20 were taken during the recent noise emission test.
    MR. CARSON: And, your Honor, I'd like
    21 the record to also reflect that Mr.
    Shelton took
    the documents out of his briefcase and gave them
    22 to me. And, Mr.
    Elledge and I were reviewing
    them. And, Mr. Kaiser stood up across the room
    23 and removed them from Mr.
    Elledge's hands, and is
    now contending that we're not supposed to see them
    24 because they're Mr.
    Shelton's personal notes.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1038
    1 MR. KAISER: Yes. Let me elaborate on
    that, Madam Hearing Officer, if I may. These are,
    2 in fact, Mr.
    Shelton's personal notes. Now, on
    August 16th, 1996, the Respondent hired an
    3 acoustical engineer to obtain noise measurement
    readings. Clearly, the best evidence of what the
    4 results that evening are, are the numbers obtained
    by his paid technician. To the extent Mr.
    5
    Shelton's notes contain things other than a
    reiteration of the numbers that Mr. Bob
    Elfering
    6 provided to Mr.
    Shelton on the night of August
    15th, 1996; to the extent they contained his
    7 thoughts or conclusions about reductions, or lack
    of reductions, to noise readings; to the extent
    8 they contain information which would be
    privileged, yes, I object to Mr. Carson, Mr.
    9
    Elledge, and Mr. Crown looking at those.
    THE COURT: Thank you. I believe that we
    10 asked for the notes for the purpose of permitting
    the witness to refresh his recollection with
    11 respect to a line of questioning that Mr. Carson
    was going to proceed with. Mr. Carson, did you
    12 have questions with respect to these issues that
    you would like to go on with at this time?
    13 MR. ELLEDGE: May I speak to this,
    please, Madam Hearing Officer? On Friday evening,
    14 I believe, I communicated to Jeff Diver personally
    that I would like him to come and produce his
    15 notes --
    MR. DIVER: The notes--
    16 MR. ELLEDGE: -- for my inspection.
    MR. DIVER: The notes of the readings,
    17 yes. I said the notes of the readings themselves.
    MR. ELLEDGE: They were just pulled out
    18 of my hands, your Honor.
    THE COURT: In other words, you said the
    19 notes of the readings.
    MR. DIVER: The notes of the reading, not
    20 the other notes.
    THE COURT: In other words, you said the
    21 notes of the reading would be available to
    Respondent's counsel?
    22 MR. DIVER: The notes of the readings,
    yes.
    23 MR. KAISER: And, we're happy to provide
    the two pages, which contain the notes of the
    24 readings. And, what I've withdrawn from Mr.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1039
    1
    Elledge's hands are three pages of handwritten
    notes, prepared by Mr.
    Shelton, and one page
    2 worksheet that he also prepared.
    MR. ELLEDGE: I know of no privilege
    3 which makes that not discoverable, under these
    circumstances.
    4 MR. KAISER: Well, attorney-client work
    product might be one thing. Documents prepared in
    5 anticipation of litigation might be others. To
    the extent he hasn't shown those to anyone, other
    6 than his attorney, I think we can assert the
    privilege.
    7 THE COURT: Counsel, thank you.
    MR. KAISER: Thank you.
    8 THE COURT: Has Respondent's counsel
    asked for any of the personal notes, or does
    9 Respondent's counsel simply want to look at the
    test results?
    10 MR. ELLEDGE: He had a tablet that night,
    Thursday night. I asked to see his "notes". I
    11 did ask if they would be produced at hearing on
    Monday morning.
    12 THE COURT: And, what was the response?
    MR. ELLEDGE: He called, put a phone call
    13 in, at that point, on the spot, to Mr. Kaiser and
    I said please make sure that, if possible, Mr.
    14
    Shelton bring his notes with him to the hearing on
    Monday morning.
    15 MR. KAISER: That doesn't mean we waive
    the right to object. It indicates that, as of
    16 Friday, without having had the benefit to review
    the notes, Mr. Diver agreed that he would require,
    17 or ask Mr.
    Shelton to bring the notes to the
    hearing. It didn't necessarily mean that, without
    18 reviewing those notes, we would tender them to
    counsel for Respondents.
    19 THE COURT: Without an offer of proof, I
    see no reason to proceed in that area with respect
    20 to Mr.
    Shelton's personal notes. With respect to
    the test results, I'm assuming that these are
    21 going to come into examination in the case before
    we conclude. So, let's proceed.
    22 MR. CARSON: Allow me to ask the witness
    a few questions about the notes, for
    foundational
    23 purposes.
    THE COURT: I'm sorry, did we have an
    24 objection, Mr.
    Elledge?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1040
    1 MR. ELLEDGE: No, your Honor.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    2 Q Mr.
    Shelton, on the table before you are
    some
    handwrtten notes from a yellow pad, right?
    3 A Yes.
    Q How many pages do you have, sir?
    4 A I have two pages of notes that I made of
    the evening of the 15th.
    5 Q And, there are some other pages from a
    yellow pad?
    6 A Yes.
    Q How many pages are in there?
    7 A Yes, I subsequently, the following day
    and over the weekend, made some comparisons to
    8 earlier readings and jotted down some subsequent
    notes. It's four pages of those, plus this
    9 worksheet.
    Q And, for what purpose did you prepare
    10 those notes?
    A To try to determine what progress had
    11 been made in reducing the noise level.
    Q And, in preparing those notes, you
    12 reviewed the prior readings as they had been
    reported to you?
    13 A Yes.
    Q And, you compared those to the more
    14 current readings?
    A Yes.
    15 Q And, you made notes of that comparison?
    A Yes.
    16 Q And, were you making this evaluation, in
    part, to help yourself prepare for your testimony
    17 at this hearing?
    A Yes.
    18 Q At the time that you were present at the
    Winnetka property on last Thursday, August 15th,
    19 did you find the sound emissions to be again
    substantially reduced?
    20 A They were substantially reduced at the
    second floor level. Though, I must say, I did not
    21 get on the roof, as did Mr.
    Elledge and Mr.
    Elfering, to do the readings. But, based upon the
    22 readings, there was a very significant reduction
    in those noise levels from when Mr.
    Zak had
    23 measured the noise levels in June. I did notice
    that when the air conditioner was operating at its
    24 low level of operation, with the fan speed
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1041
    1 reduced, per the new variable speed fan mechanism,
    that it was much reduced. It was significantly
    2 reduced from the noise levels earlier. I came
    away having only two concerns there.
    3 Q Can I stop you there and ask you another
    question? You stated that you found the noise to
    4 be substantially reduced at the second story,
    based on the readings as reported to you?
    5 A Yes.
    Q What about in the patio area?
    6 A At the low level of operation, the noise
    was very significantly reduced in our backyard and
    7 the lot line.
    Q The low level of operation, that's the
    8 operation that was in use last Thursday evening?
    A Well, we tested both the low level of
    9 operation, and the maximum level of operation on
    Thursday evening. At the low level of operation,
    10 it was very significantly reduced. At the maximum
    level of operation, there was some improvement
    11 from where it had been, to the best of my
    recollection, in June. However, there was an
    12 extremely loud volume of cricket noise last
    Thursday night, which was not there in June. So,
    13 it was a little hard to distinguish the
    differential. The numbers would indicate that
    14 there was some modest reduction, from the June
    levels, when operating at
    max capacity. However,
    15 at two frequencies, one in particular, 2,000 hertz
    frequency, there's still a 12 decibel
    exceedance
    16 of the nighttime standards.
    Q Now, you're telling us about what the
    17 numbers show, and I would like to ask you about
    what you perceived to your ear. You were there,
    18 right?
    A Yes.
    19 Q And, was the sound level emitted from the
    unit onto your property at a satisfactory level,
    20 to your ear?
    A I have difficulty answering the question,
    21 only because of the ambient sound being so loud,
    with the crickets that evening. That evening, I
    22 thought that there was an improvement at the full
    level of operation. And, it may well be
    23 satisfactory. However, I'm concerned about the
    fact that the crickets caused the ambient sound to
    24 be so high, that it was a little hard to
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1042
    1 distinguish. If the crickets were not there,
    which they aren't the better part of the year,
    2 there could, conceivably, be a problem,
    particularly at the higher levels.
    3 Q I'd like to ask you a couple of
    questions, and I don't want to be impudent in
    4 asking these questions, but I think it's called
    into question to ask them, sir. Crickets don't
    5 keep you awake, do they?
    A No.
    6 Q Nor do they keep your wife awake?
    MR. KAISER: Objection, calls for
    7 speculation.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    8 Q As far as you know, sir?
    A As far as I know, crickets don't keep her
    9 awake.
    Q Nor your son, David?
    10 A As far as I know, they don't keep him
    awake.
    11 Q Thank you. You stated that the system,
    the Crown system, was operated last Thursday
    12 evening at both the low level and at high level.
    And, I think, in your answers, you described that
    13 you're not sure if it was satisfactory at the high
    level because of the crickets. What about the low
    14 level?
    A It was satisfactory.
    15 Q I'd like to show you Exhibit No. 19, and
    this is going back to November of 1994, a letter
    16 that you sent to Steve Crown on that date, Exhibit
    No. 19. Do you recall that as a letter that you
    17 sent Mr. Crown at that time, sir?
    A Yes.
    18 Q And, according to this letter, you had
    four real estate firms appraise your house in
    19 anticipation of listing it for sale. Now, am I
    correct that the real estate firm that you hired
    20 for that purpose was Ann Montgomery's firm?
    A Yes.
    21 Q I think you said it was Kahn Realty or
    Kahn Realty?
    22 A Yes.
    Q Ann Montgomery is your partner's wife, is
    23 that right?
    A Yes.
    24 Q And, I think you said that Ann Montgomery
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1043
    1 was of the belief that you should disclose the
    issue regarding the sound from the Crown air
    2 conditioner to perspective purchasers?
    A It was not just Ann, it was the chief
    3 operating officer of the firm.
    Q Okay. And, this was the same Ann
    4 Montgomery that you or your wife asked to come
    over specifically for the purpose of listening to
    5 the air conditioner, even before you were listing
    your house for sale, right?
    6 A Yes. There were other brokers as well,
    but yes.
    7 Q Did you ask Ann Montgomery to sign a
    petition, didn't you?
    8 A I believe she did sign a petition, yes.
    Q Now, with respect to the air conditioning
    9 unit that you marked on Exhibit No. 51, your
    units, did you ever conduct a test with your units
    10 running and the Crown unit not?
    MR. KAISER: What's the time period, I'm
    11 sorry?
    Q Ever.
    12 A Yes.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    13 Q And, did you, under those conditions,
    experience the sound levels on your patio?
    14 A We didn't during that test, no.
    Q When was that?
    15 A In the summer of 1995 when we had the
    joint readings. We did a test with just the
    16
    Shelton units running, the one we talked about a
    few minutes ago.
    17 Q That's when the unit was on the roof?
    A Yes.
    18 Q And, where were the measurements done?
    A They were taken at the lot line between
    19 the
    Sheltons and Crowns, which would be roughly
    less than 30 feet from the units.
    20 Q There was no test done, at that time, at
    David's bedroom window, was there?
    21 A No, there wasn't.
    Q And, you're sure that at the time of
    22 those tests with the Crown unit off, that both
    your units were on?
    23 A I believe that they were, that was my
    understanding,that they were.
    24 Q Bear with me one moment. I'm just trying
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1044
    1 to get my exhibits together.
    THE COURT: That's fine.
    2 BY MR. CARSON:
    Q Sir, you stated, in July of 1994, and I'm
    3 referring to Exhibit No. 17, you stated --
    MR. DIVER: What was the date, counsel?
    4 MR. CARSON: July 6, 1994. "Solving the
    problem is our only goal. We are not trying to set
    5 the stage for litigation". That's a statement you
    made in a letter to Mr. Crown, is it not?
    6 A Yes.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    7 Q And, you felt a desire to protect your
    family. You felt like your family was under
    8 attack, right?
    A Yes.
    9 Q And, you felt this way in 1994?
    A Yes.
    10 Q Even though you knew that there was an
    enclosure that was, that had been proposed, and
    11 was going to be installed, right?
    A I was not clear that there was going to
    12 be an enclosure installed.
    Q You had been informed that an enclosure
    13 was to be installed?
    A Yes, but there was ample reason to doubt
    14 that they were going to follow through with it.
    They had gone back on several things before.
    15 Q You felt, I assume you had a natural
    desire to protect your family, because you
    16 perceived your family was under attack, right?
    A Yes.
    17 Q In view of this history, and the
    frustration and the feelings associated with that,
    18 that you described, are you capable of evaluating
    the situation as it presently stands, in an
    19 unbiased way?
    MR. KAISER: Objection. Mr. Carson, if
    20 you could clarify the term "this situation". Are
    you referring to the litigation, to the noise
    21 attenuation steps, what situation are we talking
    about?
    22 MR. CARSON: The question goes to bias,
    yor Honor.
    23 THE COURT: You can answer it, to the
    best of your ability. Objection overruled.
    24 A I can only say that I think by about any
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1045
    1 standard, and a number of people have told us
    this, we have been exceptionally patient and
    2 disciplined in how we've reacted to this. It's
    not only been our emotions, we've had all kinds of
    3 factual evidence from
    Trane and numerous sound
    readings showing this is not an emotional problem
    4 of the
    Sheltons. So, my answer is yes,
    unequivocably yes, I can be objective.
    5 Q And, as you sit here today, you believe
    you can, in an unbiased way, evaluate the
    6 situation?
    A Yes. I think I've just proved that by
    7 acknowledging the progress that's been made.
    Q And, you also acknowledged that it was
    8 satisfactory, but for your question about the
    loudness of crickets?
    9 A You didn't give me a chance to complete
    my answer. Some reservations were that we want to
    10 make sure that they're okay on these couple of
    reservations that I have. With those exceptions, I
    11 think that we're at an answer.
    Q And, your letter that you sent in July of
    12 1994 says, "Solving the problem is our only goal.
    We're not trying to set the stage for litigation."
    13 What else do you expect from these proceedings?
    MR. KAISER: Objection, argumentative.
    14 THE COURT: I'll sustain.
    MR. CARSON: This goes to bias also, your
    15 Honor. I'll withdraw it, and try it a different
    way.
    16 BY MR. CARSON:
    Q Do you expect the Illinois Pollution
    17 Control Board to award damages to you?
    MR. KAISER: Objection.
    18 THE COURT: Sustained.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    19 Q Are you planning to file a civil suit for
    damages against Mr. Crown?
    20 MR. KAISER: Objection.
    MR. CARSON: Your Honor, it goes to motive
    21 and bias. There's nothing wrong with the question.
    THE COURT: Sustained. My difficulty with
    22 it is relevance.
    MR. CARSON: Well, as my offer of proof,
    23 your Honor, then, I would like to state that I'm
    intending to ask this witness if he's pursuing
    24 this matter, for the purpose of setting up a later
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1046
    1 claim for damages in a civil court. And, I
    suppose, for purposes of the offer of proof, we
    2 may assume that his answers would be in the
    affirmative. And, that he would say that he does
    3 intend to sue Mr. Crown for large amounts of
    money. And, the reason he's pursuing this case is
    4 for that reason. I think the relevance is obvious,
    your Honor. If those answers were given, would
    5 they not be relevant?
    THE COURT: I question this relevance to
    6 identifying the violation of the Illinois
    Environmental Protection Act.
    7 MR. CARSON: It goes to bias of the
    witness and motive to falsify. I'll pose another
    8 question.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    9 Q Is there something else that you would
    have Mr. Crown do?
    10 MR. DIVER: Excuse me. With respect to
    what, counsel?
    11 MR. CARSON: Well, what are we here
    litigating, Mr. Diver?
    12 MR. DIVER: I'm not arguing with you.
    I'm asking you to please explain, for the person
    13 you're asking the question of, what it is you're
    asking. What additional you would ask Mr. Crown to
    14 do, with respect to what?
    MR. CARSON: With respect to his air
    15 conditioner.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    16 Q Mr.
    Shelton, what would you have Mr.
    Crown do with respect to his air conditioner at
    17 the present time?
    A We would like for the noise levels to be
    18 reduced to an acceptable level.
    Q And, in light of your perceptions last
    19 Thursday, you still believe that they're not at an
    acceptable level, is that your testimony?
    20 A As I said, though I haven't had a chance
    to give a complete answer, two possible
    21 reservations, which we simply want to clarify. I
    think there's been tremendous progress, and the
    22 noise levels are acceptable. If you would like
    for me to elaborate on what those reservations
    23 are, I'd be glad to.
    Q My question to you, sir, is based on your
    24 perceptions on Thursday, is the sound at an
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1047
    1 acceptable level. And, if you can answer with a
    yes or no, please do so.
    2 THE COURT: I believe we've had some
    questioning in that area.
    3 MR. KAISER: Asked and answered.
    THE COURT: If you need additional
    4 testimony in that area, let's be more specific
    with the question.
    5 At this time, it would be useful to
    take a brief recess for our morning break. Would
    6 that be acceptable to you, Mr. Carson?
    MR. CARSON: Yes. I don't have much
    7 more. I have just a few more.
    THE COURT: Okay. Let's take a short
    8 break.
    (WHEREUPON, the morning break was taken.)
    9 AFTER RECESS
    THE COURT: We'll go back on the record,
    10 at this point in time.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    11 Q Mr.
    Shelton, I'd like to take you back to
    part of your testimony on direct examination
    12 concerning a meeting that you thought was going to
    occur involving a representative of
    Trane. Do you
    13 recall that testimony, sir?
    A Yes, yes.
    14 Q And, forgive me, I don't remember when it
    was, when you said the meeting was to occur.
    15 January?
    A January of 1994.
    16 Q January of 1994. And, I think your
    testimony was that you and your wife were waiting
    17 for the people to show up for the meeting, and
    nobody ever showed up?
    18 A Yes.
    Q Did you speak with anyone from
    Trane, as
    19 far as scheduling of the meeting is concerned?
    A No, my wife had talked with Steven, who
    20 had indicated that --
    MR. DIVER: Object to the hearsay. Your
    21 wife told you that somebody else said --
    THE COURT: If you could limit your
    22 answer to --
    A No, I did not talk with anyone from
    23
    Trane.
    BY MR. CARSON:
    24 Q You did not. And, this meeting which you
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1048
    1 believed had been scheduled, I take it Mr. Crown
    never confirmed to you that there was a meeting
    2 set up?
    A It's my understanding that he did.
    3 Q That he didn't confirm it to you?
    A No.
    4 Q It's your belief that he did?
    A Yes.
    5 Q Do you know why it was that the meeting
    was to take place in January when, presumably, the
    6 air conditioner wouldn't be operating?
    A It was my understanding, it actually
    7 might have been speculation on my part, that it
    was simply to survey the situation, the landscape
    8 and so on.
    Q I'll now like to ask you about Exhibit
    9 No. 22, which was a handwritten letter that was
    placed in evidence, dated September 21, 1995.
    10 MR. DIVER: Okay.
    Q This was a letter that you sent to Mr.
    11 Crown in September of 1995?
    A Yes.
    12 Q And, you already testified that your wife
    was scheduled for surgery, and you felt that it
    13 was very important that she get adequate sleep.
    And, therefore, you had sent this letter in order
    14 to request that the Crowns turn the air
    conditioner off so she could sleep better?
    15 A Yes.
    Q In fact, did Mrs.
    Shelton stay at the
    16
    Winnetka home after her surgery? She actually
    stayed somewhere else, didn't she?
    17 A She did, after the surgery, yes. This
    had to do with the night before the surgery.
    18 Q Did you, as well, stay somewhere else, or
    were you, did you stay home?
    19 A I stayed at home.
    Q She had a good night's sleep prior to the
    20 surgery?
    A That's the reason for the fax.
    21 Q And, are you aware of whether any
    modifictaions were made to this system, or the
    22 system's operations, in response to your request?
    A I didn't notice any. The unit did run
    23 that evening.
    Q You're not aware of whether any
    24 modifications were made to the operation of the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1049
    1 system?
    A No, I'm not.
    2 MR. CARSON: That's all the
    cross-examination I have.
    3 THE COURT: All right. Thank you, Mr.
    Carson. At this point in time, we'll have the
    4 redirect.
    MR. KAISER: Thank you, Madam Hearing
    5 Officer.
    MR. CARSON: Can I, excuse me one second
    6 for interrupting, but I would renew our request to
    review Mr.
    Shelton's notes, based upon Mr.
    7
    Shelton's own testimony that these were notes that
    he made to assist him in preparing for the
    8 testimony at this hearing.
    THE COURT: And, are you referring to the
    9 notes, Pages 1 and 2, or also the additional
    pages?
    10 MR. CARSON: Also the additional pages.
    MR. KAISER: May I make some additional
    11 inquiry in that area, so that we can understand
    the full scope and purpose for which those notes
    12 were made?
    THE COURT: Sure.
    13 BY MR. KAISER:
    Q Mr.
    Shelton, I have, in my hand, and I'm
    14 looking at several pages of notes that I believe
    it was your testimony you made over the past
    15 weekend, after the noise measurements were taken
    by Bob
    Elfering, is that correct? Is that when
    16 you made these notes?
    A Yes.
    17 Q And, can you describe, for the Board,
    what your purpose was in making these notes, and
    18 whether you intended to review the content of the
    notes with your attorneys?
    19 A The purpose in making the notes was to
    help me gather my thoughts, to help me organize my
    20 thoughts, to use those collective thoughts to
    review, with my attorney, the situation.
    21 MR. KAISER: I have no further questions
    in that area.
    22 It's my position that these, this
    portion of his notes were made for the purpose of
    23 reviewing matters with his attorneys, and that
    they fall within the attorney/client privilege.
    24 And, therefore, are
    priviledged from disclosure.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1050
    1 Madam Hearing Officer, it may be appropriate that
    you review this portion of his notes in an in
    2 camera inspection so that you can satisfy yourself
    as to the content and make a ruling.
    3 THE COURT: I was considering it. Can my
    ruling on this wait until after the remainder of
    4 the cross-examination of the proceedings, or will
    this be something that interferes with our
    5 inability to go back to the witness?
    MR. CARSON: Only to the extent that
    6 there may be something that I would want to
    inquire of this witness about, if we have a little
    7 bit of time. If your Honor's ruling is that we
    have the opportunity to review these notes, if I
    8 have a little bit of time to review them, with the
    right to recall the witness, then that timing
    9 would not be a problem.
    THE COURT: Okay. I would like to take
    10 the opportunity to look at the notes, Mr. Kaiser.
    Let me do that over lunch today. And, at this
    11 point, let's proceed with the other areas of the
    redirect.
    12 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer,
    there's one thing that we need, a copy of Exhibit
    13 No. 7, if Madam Hearing Officer has that.
    Thank you, Madam Hearing Officer. Excuse
    14 me just one moment.
    THE COURT: We'll pause for examination
    15 of documents.
    (Off the record)
    16 REDIRECT EXAMINATION
    BY MR. KAISER:
    17 Q Mr.
    Shelton, I'd like to review with you
    several portions of your testimony that you gave
    18 this morning on cross-examination with Mr. Carson.
    You'll recall that Mr. Carson inquired about your
    19 listing and placing of your home for sale in the
    early part of 1995. Do you recall that testimony?
    20 A Yes.
    Q And, can you tell the Board why it was,
    21 in 1995, you decided to place your home on the
    market?
    22 A Yes, we did. There were basically two
    reasons. The first was that we had, for some
    23 time, been thinking that rather than constructing
    an addition, which we felt we needed in this
    24 house, it might make sense to move to someplace
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1051
    1 where we didn't need to construct the addition.
    We were not very excited about living through a
    2 second addition. We had lived through one once
    before, and it was very disruptive. Also, we'd
    3 been living next door to the Crown construction,
    at that point, for some three years. And, for
    4 those reasons, we had concluded that we preferred
    to move rather than to live through another
    5 addition.
    The second reason had to do with the fact
    6 that after the difficulties we had regarding the
    air conditioner noise next door, we had lost the
    7 joy of living in our home, and thought it would be
    best to go someplace where there weren't so many
    8 bad memories.
    THE COURT: If you'll permit me to
    9 interrupt briefly, let the record reflect that the
    redirect examination also covers the
    10 cross-examination of July 16th.
    MR. KAISER: Thank you.
    11 BY MR. KAISER:
    Q And, moving to another area of the
    12 cross-examination, as I recall your testimony, you
    caused the two ton
    chiller unit that had
    13 previously been located on the roof of your family
    room, to be relocated to a patio area. And, that
    14 that occurred in the summer of 1996. Was that your
    testimony?
    15 A Yes, it was.
    Q And, why did you relocate that two ton
    16
    chiller unit?
    A The reason we relocated it is that we had
    17 committed, the prior summer when there had been
    noise readings that showed that our air
    18 conditioners were slightly in excess of the IPCB
    nighttime standards, we had, after those readings,
    19 we had committed to take steps to make sure there
    wasn't a violation. And, for that reason, we
    20 concluded that we should relocate the unit.
    Q Do you have an opinion as -- well, let me
    21 put you back in time now to the summer of 1994
    when you first began to intensively experience the
    22 noise from the Crown air conditioning unit. Do
    you have an opinion as to whether the noise you
    23 were experiencing in your home, in your patio, in
    your backyard, was the result of your air
    24 conditioning units, or the Crown air conditioning
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1052
    1 unit?
    A The noise was, the noise problems were
    2 the result of the Crown unit. You could walk a
    relatively few feet away from our unit, during the
    3 summer of 1994, and when I say relatively few
    feet, 10, 12 feet, and at that point, you would
    4 start to hearing nothing but the Crown air
    conditioner. Even being that close to our unit,
    5 you couldn't hear it. That was in the summer of
    1994.
    6 Q And, in the summer of 1995, were you able
    to tell whether the problem you were experiencing
    7 in your home, and on your property, was the result
    of your air conditioning unit, or the Crown's air
    8 conditioning unit?
    A The problem was the result of the Crown
    9 air conditioning unit. The problem--I didn't
    complete my answer to the prior question. By the
    10 summer of 1995, once the cones were off and the
    enclosure was up, the noise difficulties with the
    11 Crown unit were somewhat reduced. Now, they were
    still a problem, though at that time you could,
    12 you had to walk quite a bit further away from our
    unit before the Crown noise would overwhelm those
    13 units. However, in both summers, and this is the
    completion to the prior question, again, we used
    14 our air conditioners very infrequently,
    particularly at night. And, particularly the
    15 upstairs unit. When we do use one, it's typically
    the downstairs unit, which is the one located on
    16 the south side of the house. And, certainly, when
    we do use our air conditioning system, we have our
    17 windows closed. Otherwise, we wouldn't be using
    the air conditioner.
    18 So, the problems we had were on the vast
    majority of the nights when we didn't want to use
    19 any of our air conditioners. But, we had
    difficulty keeping our windows open because of the
    20 Crown air conditioner.
    Q Did you ever go into your son, David's,
    21 bedroom to experience the noise about which he
    complained?
    22 A Yes.
    Q Did you form an opinion as to what the
    23 source of the noise about which your son was
    complaining, in 1994, what the source of that
    24 noise was?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1053
    1 A It was the Crown air conditioner.
    Q Did you make similar
    investigtions in the
    2 summer of 1995?
    A Yes.
    3 Q And, did you form an opinion as to what
    was the source of the noise about which your son
    4 was complaining, in 1995?
    A It was the Crown air conditioning.
    5 Q Were you present when Bob
    Elfering took
    sound measurements, both on the Crown property and
    6 on your property, in August of 1996?
    A Yes.
    7 Q Are you aware of whether a person by the
    name of Brad
    Mautner was present?
    8 A Yes, Brad was present.
    Q Did Mr.
    Mautner make any representations
    9 to you concerning the mode or method of operation
    of the Crown air conditioner unit, during the
    10 testing period?
    MR. CARSON: Objection, to the extent it
    11 calls for hearsay. Yes or no to that wouldn't be
    hearsay. But, if the witness is going to start
    12 telling what Brad
    Mautner said, then, obviously,
    it would be.
    13 THE COURT: Could you rephrase your
    question?
    14 BY MR. CARSON:
    Q Do you have any basis of your own for
    15 knowing -- were representations made as to whether
    the Crown unit was operating at a low level, that
    16 is a 30 hertz level, or a high level, a 60 hertz
    level?
    17 A Yes, it was my understanding that at the
    low level of operation, it was operating with the
    18 one compressor on, the ten ton compressor, and the
    fans at a reduced speed, using 20 to 30 hertz of
    19 electricity. And, that at the high level of
    operation, it was operating with both the 10 and
    20 15 ton compressors on, and at the
    max of
    electrical capacity of 60 hertz.
    21 Q And, what was the basis for your
    understanding?
    22 A Conversations with Brad
    Mautner.
    Q Did you have any opportunity to
    23 independently confirm the statements made to you,
    by Brad
    Mautner, during the
    Elfering test in
    24 August of 1996?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1054
    1 A No.
    Q Now, the sound about which you complained
    2 in the summer, throughout the summer of 1994, was
    that sound caused by crickets?
    3 A No, it was not.
    Q The sound about which you complained,
    4 throughout the summer of 1995, was that sound
    caused by crickets?
    5 A No, it was not.
    Q Have you ever complained to anyone about
    6 noise
    eminating from crickets?
    A No, I have not.
    7 Q When Greg
    Zak took noise measurements at
    your son's bedroom window, on June 27th, 1996, was
    8 your rooftop unit operating?
    A No, it was not. Neither of our air
    9 conditioners was on.
    Q You mentioned, during the course of your
    10 examination this morning, that you had certain
    reservations concerning the modifications that
    11 have recently been made to the Crown air
    conditioning system. Can you describe, for the
    12 Board, what those reservations are?
    A Yes. The first reservation has to do with
    13 being confident that the operating circumstances,
    the kinds of noise levels we heard last Thursday
    14 night, will, in fact, be the kinds of noise levels
    we will hear on into the future, to the extent
    15 that the noise levels can be altered by simply
    changing the control pattern. However you're
    16 operating the unit, you know, that's cause for
    concern because we can't be confident that the
    17 operating level of the system won't be stepped up
    to a higher level, and cause noise levels to
    18 greatly exceed what they were last Thursday night.
    So, that's one reservation. A lot depends on
    19 certain operating protocols, and how confident can
    we be that that same operating protocol will be
    20 adhered to in the future. The second reservation
    has to do with the numeric readings themselves.
    21 You know, we just want to make sure that we have a
    solution here that's going to be a permanent
    22 solution, not a prescription for further debate
    and strife going forward. I mentioned the
    23 frequency level where the crickets were a problem.
    Elfering explained that that was a problem. By
    24 the way, I should add that that was not at all the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1055
    1 problem in 1994 and 1995. There, we had a
    Hovercraft next door, not a sound of crickets.
    2 That was a very different kind of phenomenon.
    But, at that time frequency, it was very,
    3 substantially in excess of the nighttime standards
    of some 12 decibels. Furthermore, the frequencies
    4 on either side have much lower decibel levels.
    That's also the case at the 63 hertz frequency.
    5 Those things might be an indication that it could
    be what's called a discreet tone problem. And, for
    6 those reasons, I simply wanted to make sure that
    Greg
    Zak or someone had a chance to look at the
    7 numbers and to be able to tell us whether or not
    we should be concerned about that.
    8 Q Mr. Carson characterized feelings you
    might have experienced in 1994 and 1995 as your
    9 family being under attack. Did you, in fact, in
    1994, feel as if your family was under attack?
    10 A I very much did. I saw my family being
    greviously harmed, devastated, and there was
    11 absolutely nothing I could do about it.
    Q And, what was the source of the
    grevious
    12 harm and devastation?
    A It was the noise from the Crown air
    13 conditioner. We were unable to sleep. And, as a
    consequence of that, we had teachers calling about
    14 my son being extremely tired at school. My wife
    unable to wear her corrective
    lense and,
    15 therefore, unable to play tennis, work at the
    computer, things she normally does. A lot of
    16 stress and anxiety in the family. There was
    nowhere to go to get away from this monstrous
    17 noise.
    Q In 1995, did you feel as if your family
    18 were under attack?
    A Yes, I did. Again, once the enclosure
    19 was put up, and the cones were removed, the level
    of attack was meaningfully reduced. I,
    20 nevertheless, continued to feel that we were under
    attack. We continued to have problems sleeping.
    21 My son continued to have to move out of his room.
    I continued to have all those emotional kinds of
    22 feelings that I described as having in 1994.
    Q I want to show you what's previously been
    23 marked, for purposes of identification, Exhibit
    No. 7. It's a letter you wrote to the
    Winnetka
    24 Village counsel dated January 16th, 1995. Would
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1056
    1 you please take a moment to look at that exhibit?
    A Yes.
    2 Q Do you recognize that exhibit?
    A Yes, I do.
    3 Q Is that a true and accurate copy of a
    letter you sent to the Village on or about January
    4 16th, 1995?
    A It is.
    5 Q I note that on Page 4 of the letter, it
    indicates that a carbon copy was sent to A. Steven
    6 Crown. Do you see that?
    A Yes.
    7 Q I see that there's a check by Mr. Crown's
    name. Do you know what that check indicates?
    8 A Yes, that indicates that I, in this case,
    actually gave Steven a copy of it.
    9 Q You hand delivered a copy to Mr. Crown?
    A Yes, subsequent to a meeting we had at
    10 Village Hall in January of 1995.
    Q Do you know whether the letter you hand
    11 delivered to Mr. Crown, in January of 1995,
    contained the attachments?
    12 A Yes, it did.
    Q Mr.
    Shelton, you'll recall that on your
    13 cross-examination this morning, Mr. Carson asked
    you, on several occasions, whether certain
    14 modifications, in connection with the Crown air
    conditioning unit, resulted in what Mr. Carson
    15 characterizes as substantial reductions in sound?
    Do you recall that testimony?
    16 A Yes, I do.
    Q Can you rank, for the Board's benefit,
    17 the different modifications made over the past
    almost two and a half years, to the Crown air
    18 conditioning system, and tell the Board which, in
    your opinion, resulted in substantial reduction of
    19 sound?
    A I'll do my best. In my earlier
    20 cross-examination, Mr. Carson read a long list of
    things that had been done during early 1995,
    21 including putting on cones, removing cones,
    putting on compressor blankets, removing
    22 compressor blankets, landscaping, that kind of
    thing. I believe I testified that those had very
    23 little impact on the noise. On a scale of 1 to
    10, I would rank them a 1 or 2 kind of category,
    24 10 being the highest.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1057
    1 Q Well, if I may proceed a little more
    slowly. You'll recall that there was testimony in
    2 which you admitted that Mr. Crown caused to be
    planted a row of arbor vitae, trees, hedges. How
    3 would you characterize the reduction in noise from
    the Crown air conditioning unit as a result of the
    4 planting of the arbor vitae patch?
    A There was no meaningful reduction as a
    5 result of that.
    Q How would you characterize the reduction
    6 in noise from the air conditioning unit as a
    result of the construction of a stockade fence
    7 along the property line dividing your property
    from the Crown property?
    8 A There was already a fence there. The new
    fence was a bit higher.
    9 THE COURT: You can just answer the
    question, to the best of your ability.
    10 A Since there was already a fence there,
    there was no reduction as a result of the fence.
    11 BY MR. KAISER:
    Q Was there any reduction as a result of
    12 the placement of blanket-like insulation over the
    compressor units of the Crown air conditioning
    13 system?
    A Not to our knowledge.
    14 Q How would you characterize the reduction
    in noise obtained by the placement of cones over
    15 the fans of the Crown air conditioning unit?
    A We noticed no difference.
    16 Q What impact, or how would you describe
    the impact of the construction of the acoustical
    17 enclosure around the Crown air conditioning unit?
    A The construction of the enclosure, it had
    18 a very small impact, an improvement. However,
    when the cones were removed, after the enclosure
    19 was built, that led to a marked improvement. I
    believe it was on the order of like 10 decibels,
    20 roughly, having the level of noise -- I must say,
    as I thought about it, it's a little akin to a
    21 boat leaking water. You can't stop and say I've
    cut the leak in half and rest on your hands
    22 because the boat is still going to sink, because
    there's still water coming in. So, while it was a
    23 significant improvement, it was far short of
    making the air conditioner livable.
    24 Q And, how would you characterize the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1058
    1 reduction in noise achieved by modifying the
    program for the controls of the Crown air
    2 conditioning unit, those modifications put in
    place in June of 1996, prior to Greg
    Zak's
    3 measurement in the latter part of June, 1996?
    A We were not living in the house at the
    4 time that that was done, so my frame of reference
    is somewhat limited. It seemed to me that it
    5 helped some, it helped some. Not as much as the
    enclosure with the cones off, it helped. But, it
    6 helped a little bit.
    Q Is a moving van arriving at your home in
    7 Ohio and going to be loaded so that your family
    can return to
    Winnetka, Illinois?
    8 MR. CARSON: Objection, leading.
    THE COURT: Can you
    rephrae your question?
    9 BY MR. KAISER:
    Q What, if anything, unusual has happened
    10 at your home in Ohio as we sit in hearing today?
    A We, as I indicated we probably were at
    11 our last hearing date, are moving back to
    Winnetka. And, the moving van is scheduled to be
    12 there today. My wife was not too happy, since I'm
    not there to help. It's happening today.
    13 Q When you were on, in your yard area
    during the
    Elfering measurements in August of
    14 1996, did you notice any sounds generated by the
    Crown air conditioning unit, which gave rise to
    15 some concern or reservations as to whether or not
    a solution to the noise problem had been achieved?
    16 A Did I hear any, excuse me, did I hear any
    sounds?
    17 Q Yes. Any type of beating sound or any
    other type of sounds that might have given rise to
    18 certain reservations?
    A The only sound that gave rise to
    19 reservation was we did notice a beating sound,
    particularly when we were back in the camping area
    20 for the readings, which we had heard earlier in
    1994, but had not heard during 1995. Those are
    21 the
    pulsations when different elements of the
    Crown air conditioning system are going in and out
    22 of phase with each other. We did notice that. In
    fact, I believe I mentioned it to you, or perhaps
    23 others who were at the readings that night.
    Otherwise, I didn't hear any sounds that gave me
    24 pause for concern. I was only looking at the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1059
    1 numbers, as I explained a moment ago, and just
    wanting to make sure that things are right,
    2 insofar as those two particular frequencies.
    Q Mr.
    Shelton, if you could, we had run
    3 through and ranked some of the earlier efforts in
    modifications made in an attempt to reduce the
    4 noise
    eminating from the Crown air conditioning
    unit. How would you rank this most recent, these
    5 most recent efforts to reduce the noise
    eminating
    from the Crown air conditioning unit?
    6 A They're quite significant. I would say,
    in terms of significance, to my mind, they are
    7 equivalent to the enclosure with the cones off.
    Very significant. Particularly on the second
    8 floor. Really, there was a big reduction in noise
    there. And, variable speed of the fans, the low
    9 level of the operations created a very significant
    reduction in the operation.
    10 MR. KAISER: Thank you, Mr.
    Shelton. We
    have no further questions on redirect.
    11 MR. CARSON: Just a couple on
    recross.
    THE COURT: Okay.
    12 RECROSS EXAMINATION
    BY MR. CARSON:
    13 Q For clarification, Mr.
    Shelton, you said
    that June 27, 1996, your rooftop unit was not
    14 operating. Did you, in fact, have a rooftop unit?
    A Yes.
    15 Q When was it moved?
    A In July. It had been scheduled five times
    16 previously over the spring, but our rainy spring
    had sabotaged each of those dates.
    17 Q And also, I take it you're going to be
    moving back to
    Winnetka?
    18 A Yes.
    Q Where are you moving to?
    19 A We're moving on Oak Street near Skokie
    School until such time as our house is freed up
    20 next June, we'll be moving back to 707
    Ardsley.
    Q The name of the company that moved the
    21 rooftop unit down to the patio, I think you may
    have said it already.
    22 A Dave's Heating and Cooling of Evanston.
    Q Sorry, say it again, please?
    23 A Dave's Heating and Cooling. It might be
    air conditioning, I'm not certain, of Evanston.
    24 Q And, the purpose of moving it was to
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1060
    1 insure that you would meet the IPCB nighttime
    standards?
    2 A Yes.
    Q Did they perform alterations to the unit
    3 itself in order to make it quieter?
    A As I mentioned earlier, they put a
    4 compressor blanket on that was supposed to have
    been on before, but it apparently had not been put
    5 on.
    Q Have you had any complaints from any of
    6 the neighbors concerning --
    A No, it's far from the lot lines.
    7 MR. CARSON: No further
    recross.
    MR. KAISER: If I may, one question on
    8 re-redirect.
    MR. CARSON: If it's on something that I
    9 covered on cross, I wouldn't object.
    MR. KAISER: It is.
    10 THE COURT: Go ahead.
    REDIRECT EXAMINATION
    11 BY MR. KAISER:
    Q Have you ever had any complaints from any
    12 of your neighbors at any time concerning your air
    conditioning units?
    13 A No, we have not.
    THE COURT: All right. Any
    recross?
    14 MR. CARSON: No.
    THE COURT: All right. Thank you very
    15 much, Mr.
    Shelton. Let's go off the record for
    just a moment to discuss what our scheduling will
    16 be next.
    (WHEREUPON, an off the record discussion
    17 was held.)
    THE COURT: We have been discussing some
    18 details with respect to the closing of
    Complainant's case in chief, and counsel --
    19 MR. DIVER: Yes. The Complainant is
    prepared to rest conditionally. Those two
    20 conditions being one stipulation by counsel for
    Respondent that we may have the opportunity to
    21 review our records concerning exhibits. And, in
    the event that there was exhibits that ought to
    22 have been moved for introduction or whatever, that
    those motions may be made at a later time. And,
    23 secondly, that we will reserve until after the
    lunch hour, the ruling upon the offer of the
    24 Village of
    Winnetka ordinances.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1061
    1 THE COURT: All right. Thank you. Also,
    for the record, I will be reviewing the
    2
    discoverability of notes taken by Mr.
    Shelton.
    And, should that necessitate his continued
    3 testimony, I will revisit that as a separate
    segment a little later, if he would be available.
    4 All right. Let's proceed with the
    Respondent's case in chief. And, would the
    5 Respondent like to make an opening statement?
    MR. ELLEDGE: I waive opening statement.
    6 THE COURT: All right.
    MR. ELLEDGE: Madam Hearing Officer, we'd
    7 like to call our first witness, Mr.
    Mautner.
    B R A D L E Y E D W A R D M A U T N E R,
    8 after having been first duly sworn on oath,
    deposes and testifies as follows:
    9 DIRECT EXAMINATION
    BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    10 Q Would you state your full name, please?
    A Bradley Edward
    Mautner.
    11 Q And, where do you reside?
    A
    Northbrook, Illinois.
    12 Q By whom are you employed?
    A Mid/
    Res, Inc., now named
    MidWesCo
    13 Services, Inc.
    Q When did you first come to be employed by
    14 that company?
    A 1978.
    15 Q Prior to that time, would you tell us
    what your education, what degrees you have?
    16 A I have a Bachelor of Science in
    Mechanical Engineering, and a Masters in Business
    17 Administration.
    Q Okay. What was your first position with
    18 Mid/
    Res?
    A I started as a Project Manager in the
    19 Construction Group.
    Q And, what does that involve?
    20 A Reviewing plans, ordering materials and
    equipment, performing some engineering
    21 calculations about projects that we were to
    implement, and visiting the project to see that we
    22 were maintaining the progress of that job.
    Q And, how long were you Project Manager?
    23 A Four, five years.
    Q And, what position did you hold after
    24 the -- what was your next promotion?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1062
    1 A Next promotion was to be the Vice
    President in charge of Construction and
    2 Engineering.
    Q And, what did that job entail?
    3 A It entailed a supervising of our Project
    Managers and our Field Superintendents, as well as
    4 an occasional project management responsibility.
    Q And, how long did you hold that position,
    5 approximately?
    A Another five years.
    6 Q And, then, what position did you take?
    A I had some period of time that I was in
    7 charge of our sales organization, and then I
    became President of Mid/Res.
    8 Q And, for what period of time were you
    President?
    9 A I was President up until February of this
    year.
    10 Q And then, what did you become?
    A Chief Executive Officer.
    11 Q And, that's your current position?
    A Yes.
    12 Q Okay. Now, are you familiar with a HVAC
    system at the Crown's residence on
    Ardsley in
    13
    Winnetka?
    A Yes.
    14 Q What were the nature of your
    responsibilities with regard to that system?
    15 A I discussed with Steve --
    MR. DIVER: Objection.
    16 A I discussed with Mr. Crown --
    THE COURT: Just answer the question, Mr.
    17
    Mautner.
    A I discussed with Mr. Crown -- my
    18 responsibilities were to discuss with Mr. Crown
    the system concepts and the business relationship
    19 between our firm and him.
    Q And, are you familiar with the
    20 installation?
    A Yes, generally.
    21 Q All right. Could you describe what we
    have been referring to as the
    chiller unit in this
    22 case? Do you know what we mean by "
    chiller unit"?
    A Yes.
    23 Q Could you describe the function of that
    unit; what is its function, and how does it
    24 operate, if you would?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1063
    1 A Well, the
    chiller unit's function is to
    reject heat from inside the structure to the
    2 outdoor environment.
    Q How does it do that?
    3 A It does that by using a working fluid
    refrigerant, in this case. It's circulated
    4 through the system, and the key components that
    make that happen are compressors, heat exchanger
    5 device, and condenser fans that move outdoor air
    across heat exchanger devices.
    6 Q What's the function of the condenser --
    compressor?
    7 A Compressor?
    Q Yes.
    8 A The function of the compressor is to take
    a gas from a lower pressure and compress it to a
    9 higher pressure, and discharge it into the
    condenser, heat exchanger.
    10 Q What's the function -- what are the
    functions of the fans?
    11 A The fans are designed to move air across
    the heat exchanger surface to reject the heat
    12 that's accumulated in the condenser.
    Q How many compressors are there?
    13 A There are two.
    Q And, how many fans?
    14 A There are three.
    Q Could you describe how the
    chiller unit
    15 operates at this time?
    A Currently, we have two modes of
    16 operation. We have a daytime mode of operation,
    and a nighttime mode of operation. During the
    17 daytime mode of operation, both compressors are
    able to run, and run when there's a need for
    18 cooling inside the structure. When the
    compressor, when the first compressor energizes,
    19 all three condenser fans operate simultaneously,
    and are controlled by variable frequency drives.
    20 Q Would you describe what a variable
    frequency drive is?
    21 A
    A variable frequency drive is an
    electronic device that's used to allow a motor to
    22 operate at variable speed, and not be damaged
    during that operation.
    23 Q And, how do these -- what is the size of
    this, of the variable frequency drives?
    24 A Each, there are three variable frequency
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1064
    1 drives, each one horsepower, which matches the
    motor horsepower of each of the condenser fans.
    2 Q And, what controls the varying frequency
    in these drives?
    3 A In this case, we've installed a pressure
    transducer inside the refrigerant circuit to
    4 measure the pressure of the refrigerant circuit.
    The higher the pressure on the circuit, the faster
    5 the drives will tell the fans to move.
    Q All right. I believe you're describing
    6 the daytime mode.
    A Yes.
    7 Q Is there a second mode?
    A Yes, there is a nighttime mode.
    8 Q Could you tell us what that mode is?
    A In the nighttime mode of operation, we've
    9 programmed the system to allow only one compressor
    to operate, which is the smaller of the two
    10 compressors. The fans run in the same sequence,
    same algorithm as during the daytime mode. That
    11 is, we sense pressure and use the minimum fan
    speed necessary to reject the heat.
    12 Q All right. And, there is a relationship
    between the speed of the fans and the sounds
    13 produced?
    A Yes.
    14 Q Could you tell us what that is?
    A The lower RPM that the fans operate at,
    15 the less sound is generated.
    Q Now, is this the original configuration
    16 of the unit, as installed in 1992, 1993?
    A No.
    17 Q How was it originally configured?
    A The original configuration was, as it
    18 came from the manufacturer, were the compressors
    would always energize independently as a function
    19 of demand for cooling in the past. But, all three
    condenser fans would operate at a fixed RPM when
    20 they were needed.
    Q So, it was just one speed for the fans?
    21 A Yes.
    Q And, that was all?
    22 A Yes. And, they were sequenced on in
    operation as a function of the number of
    23 compressors that were operating.
    Q How many fans would -- how many fans, if
    24 any, would be operating when the first compressor
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1065
    1 operates?
    A When the first compressor operates, one
    2 fan initially starts, and the second fan would be
    brought on as the pressure requires.
    3 Q And would, then, on some occasions, the
    second compressor start to operating?
    4 A Yes, and a second fan would be brought
    on, and a third fan would be brought on, as
    5 pressure required.
    Q And, in this configuration, then, the
    6 fans have just two speeds, all on or all off, is
    that correct?
    7 A Each fan has only two modes of operation,
    either off or on full RPM.
    8 Q Now, what speeds do the fans
    oeprate
    since the VFD has been attached?
    9 A The speeds vary, as a function of the
    outdoor air temperature and the need for cooling.
    10 Fan speeds are as low as 10% of the RPM
    originally, and we have not observed yet full RPM
    11 operation.
    Q All right. So, the fan speeds can
    12 gradually increase and gradually decrease, do I
    understand correctly?
    13 A Yes, that's why they're variable
    frequency drives.
    14 Q Okay. Now, when did you effect the
    change in -- when did you effect the changes which
    15 led to there being two modes of operation?
    A I believe it was done in the end or
    16 towards the end of May, 1996.
    Q And, when were the additional
    17 modifications made?
    A The variable frequency drive
    18 modifications?
    Q Yes.
    19 A They were done during the week of August
    5th, I believe.
    20 Q And, what kind of work was involved in
    terms of connecting that up?
    21 A We had to power the variable frequency
    drives from independent power sources. We had to
    22 install the transducer and take the transducer
    signal and input it into the computer that already
    23 exists on this project. We then wired output from
    the computer to the variable frequency drives to
    24 tell the drives how to operate. And then, we had
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1066
    1 to permanently wire the variable frequency drives
    to the motors.
    2 Q All right. Now, when did you determine
    that this should be -- when did you order these
    3 modifications to take place? At what point did
    you direct that these changes be made?
    4 A Well, we directed, the changes were made
    in response to the recommendation by George
    5
    Kamperman. You gave me direction to install
    these, to implement these installations.
    6 Q And, when did you, when was that?
    A In mid-July.
    7 Q Now, at -- when did you first start
    considering the use of the
    VFD's in this
    8 application?
    A It was after the recommendation of George
    9
    Kamperman in May of 1996.
    Q All right. And, at that time, did you
    10 know, of your own knowledge, that
    VFD's for this
    application were available?
    11 A We have not applied
    VFD's in this
    application. I have not.
    12 Q How long have
    VFD's been in, available on
    the market, in some size?
    13 A I don't know how long, but
    VFD's have
    generally been around the last 10 to 15 years.
    14 Q All right. As of the requested
    recommendation of George
    Kamperman, what was the
    15 smallest
    VFD's that you were aware of being
    available on the market?
    16 A I knew there was some
    VFD's available in
    the 10 horsepower range, perhaps as low as 7 1/2
    17 horsepower. I have seen, in the
    Trane Journals in
    the last few years, smaller
    VFD's available.
    18 Q So, how did you go about determining
    whether they would be available for this
    19 application?
    A I asked Harry
    Akers to call some variable
    20 frequency drive manufacturers representatives, and
    we discovered that
    Trane Company, who we bought
    21 the original equipment from, was a representative
    for one of those manufacturers. And, he contacted
    22 them.
    Q So, the equipment was obtained also
    23 through
    Trane?
    A Yes.
    24 Q All right. And, you referred to the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1067
    1 wiring as being permanently wired, is that
    correct?
    2 A Yes.
    Q So, this is a permanent installation, is
    3 that correct?
    A Yes.
    4 Q Now, could you describe the enclosure,
    the acoustic enclosure as it was originally
    5 constructed?
    A The original acoustical enclosure is made
    6 of the panel sections that we purchased from a
    company called IAC. They're four inches thick,
    7 and they're sheet metal outside, with a perforated
    sheet metal inside, and a layer of insulating
    8 material in between the two pieces of metal. We
    originally constructed an enclosure that was
    9 immediately adjacent to the unit on three sides,
    and had an air inlet louver on the fourth side.
    10 The enclosure then extended approximately two feet
    above the height of the unit, which would be
    11 approximately 7 feet tall, total.
    Q How much clearance was there around,
    12 vertical clearance was there between the unit and
    the enclosure?
    13 A Horizontal?
    Q Horizontal.
    14 A On three sides, there's practically no
    clearance, a few inches. And, on the air inlet
    15 side, there's approximately two feet, and then a
    one foot deep louver.
    16 Q At the time it was enclosed, was this
    consistent with
    Trane specifications for this
    17 unit?
    A No.
    18 Q In what regard?
    A All of the sides of the enclosure are
    19 closer to the unit than they would recommend in
    their manual.
    20 Q And, why did you make them closer?
    A Well, we knew that the closer the panels
    21 would be to the unit, the better sound attenuating
    characteristics that it would have. So, we felt
    22 that on the air inlet side, which is the most
    critical dimension, we could use a louver. And,
    23 on the other three sides, the primary reason was
    for service access. So, we made the other three
    24 sides with panel sections that could be removed by
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1068
    1 servicemen to gain access, for service purposes.
    MR. ELLEDGE: Your Honor, I believe that
    2 the next exhibit is Respondent's Exhibit No. 8.?
    THE COURT: Correct.
    3 BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    Q I want to show you what has been marked
    4 as Respondent's Exhibit No. 8. Could you tell us
    what that is, please?
    5 A This was a drawing that I had Harry
    Akers
    make to show the original enclosure and the
    6 additional enclosure pieces that had been erected.
    Q When were additional enclosure pieces
    7 erected?
    A During the week of August 3rd.
    8 Q Could you describe what those, what the
    additional materials are made of? Could you
    9 describe the additional pieces?
    A The additional enclosure pieces are made
    10 of plywood. And, the inside surface of the plywood
    has attached to it a fiberglass insulation.
    11 Q This is done to simulate the acoustic
    effects of the existing panels?
    12 A Approximately, yes.
    Q Now, what is the height of the additional
    13 enclosure?
    A The additional enclosure pieces are four
    14 feet above the original enclosure elevation.
    Q And, I see, in the middle of the lower
    15 drawing, a vertical piece. Could you tell us what
    that function is? It has diagonal stripes on it.
    16 A Yes, it's referred to as air blocks.
    Q Yes.
    17 A There's actually two air block pieces.
    The vertical piece is also plywood, and is there
    18 to separate the vertical discharge warm air flow
    from being re-circulated back into the intake. The
    19 horizontal air block piece is also there for that
    same purpose.
    20 Q Thank you.
    MR. ELLEDGE: I move the introduction of
    21 Respondent's Exhibit No. 8.
    MR. DIVER: No objection.
    22 Q Now --
    MR. DIVER: May we have a ruling?
    23 THE COURT: Yes. Respondent's Exhibit
    No. 8 is entered into evidence.
    24 MR. DIVER: Thank you.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1069
    1 MR. ELLEDGE: Thank you.
    BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    2 Q Have you had occasion recently to be on
    the
    Shelton property?
    3 A Yes.
    Q And, when was that?
    4 A The night of Thursday, August 15th.
    Q And, what was the purpose of your being
    5 there?
    A I was there to observe and assist in the
    6 taking of additional sound readings.
    Q About what time did you appear, did you
    7 get there?
    A Approximately 9:00 o'clock, 9:10.
    8 Q Now, I'd like to show you what's been
    marked as Exhibit No. 51. Can you take a look at
    9 it, please? Now, to the left of that drawing, as
    you're looking at it, there's, there are some
    10 drawings made in pencil. Do you see those?
    A Yes.
    11 Q Is that consistent with your observation
    of the configuration of that structure, the
    12 penciled structure? First of all, do you know
    what that structure is?
    13 A Yes.
    Q What is it, please?
    14 A The
    Shelton home. Yes, it is, it is
    consistent.
    15 Q All right. Now, where did you, where did
    people meet or where -- who all was present when
    16 you, when these measurements were taken, do you
    recall?
    17 A Representatives from Al Shiner's office,
    Bob, and I don't recall his last name, you,
    Reece
    18
    Elledge, Mr. Kaiser was there, Mr.
    Shelton was
    there, and George
    Kamperman, and myself.
    19 Q Correct. Now, when the measurements
    started, in what configuration or what mode of
    20 operation was the Crown
    chiller unit?
    A In a nighttime mode.
    21 Q And, were measurements taken at various
    places while the
    chiller was in that mode of
    22 operation?
    A Yes.
    23 Q Did the mode of operation, was the mode
    of operation of the
    chiller unit changed, then?
    24 A Yes, on request.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1070
    1 Q Okay. And, what was that change, what was
    the next state of that?
    2 A I was asked to have the unit turned off
    to get ambient sound readings.
    3 Q And, how did you do that?
    A I used a portable cellular telephone to
    4 call one of our engineers on duty, and asked them
    to turn off the unit.
    5 Q Okay. And, after measurements had been
    taken in that mode, what were you next requested
    6 to do, with regard to the mode of operation?
    A I was asked to have the unit operate in a
    7 daytime mode, with the fans at their full RPM.
    Q And, how did you, did you cause that
    8 change to be made?
    A Yes.
    9 Q And, how was that change affected?
    A I made a phone call again, on the
    10 cellular phone, called the engineer on duty, and
    asked him to make a manual program change, and
    11 operate the unit with both compressors operating
    and the fans at 100% RPM.
    12 Q Were you able to observe that that
    occurred?
    13 A I believe it occurred, yes.
    Q Okay. During the course of that evening,
    14 did you have occasion to go around to the patio on
    the
    Shelton property?
    15 A Yes.
    Q What did you observe there?
    16 A When we first walked on the patio, there
    was a condenser unit on the patio that was
    17 operating.
    Q And, can you describe its mode of
    18 operation?
    A It was operating like a normal condenser
    19 unit; that is, the condenser fan runs at a single
    speed and the compressor was operating.
    20 Q Can we describe the sound
    eminating from
    that?
    21 A Standing on the patio with that unit
    operating, normal conversation would not be easy
    22 to have.
    Q Could you compare it to the sound that
    23 you could hear from the
    Shelton property of the
    Crrown chiller unit operating, could you compare
    24 the sounds?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1071
    1 A Well, when that unit was operating, we
    could not hear the Crown unit operating. When that
    2 unit went off, you could not noticeably hear the
    unit operating from the Crown property.
    3 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, if the
    witness could be asked to talk about "I" rather
    4 than "we", or others --
    A I.
    5 MR. DIVER: That would help.
    THE COURT: Thank you.
    6 A This is me.
    BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    7 Q Could you, I'd like to direct your
    attention to, again, Exhibit No. 51. Take this
    8 blue felt point tip -- let me get a black felt
    point tip and mark what you recall to be the
    9 location of that air conditioning unit right on
    the exhibit.
    10 MR. DIVER: We're talking about the unit
    at the patio?
    11 MR. ELLEDGE: The patio unit, yes.
    BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    12 Q Is it in the vicinity of the red circle?
    A
    Approximatly the same as the red circle.
    13 Q Put an "X" there.
    MR. ELLEDGE: Let the record show the
    14 witness has drawn a black circle with an "X" in
    it.
    15 BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    Q Had you ever had occasion to observe the
    16
    Shelton property at an earlier date -- let me
    withdraw that question and rephrase it.
    17 Were you present in June of 1995 when
    other sound measurements were made of the air
    18 conditioning units in question?
    A Yes.
    19 Q Okay. And, where were you at that time?
    A Well, we were in the Crown driveway.
    20 Q In the general area where that has been
    marked on this with a, looks like a yellow
    Dayglo
    21 pen?
    A Yes.
    22 Q In that general area?
    A Yes.
    23 Q Did you observe any air conditioners on
    the
    Shelton property on that occasion?
    24 A Yes, there were two.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1072
    1 Q And, where were those two located?
    A One was located where there's a red
    2 marking on this drawing that says three ton.
    Q Right.
    3 A And, the other was located where this red
    marking is that says two ton.
    4 Q And, where would that be? Is that ground
    level, or is it above ground, or what?
    5 A The two ton unit appeared on a low, one
    story roof that could be seen from the driveway on
    6 the Crown property.
    Q Do you recall whether one or both of
    7 those units were operating at that time?
    A I only recall that the three ton was
    8 operating at that time. I don't recall that the
    two ton was operating, if it is a two ton.
    9 Q Okay. When you were at the
    Shelton
    property last Thursday, did you notice any
    10 indications that the unit had been moved, the
    patio unit?
    11 A Well, the unit that was on top of a one
    story roof was not present. And, it was a unit
    12 that may or may not have been on grade level at
    the patio before.
    13 Q Putting aside the question of the patio
    unit, how would you characterize the sound, that
    14 night being emitted by the Crown
    chiller unit?
    MR. DIVER: Excuse me. What night are we
    15 talking about, Mr.
    Elledge?
    MR. ELLEDGE: We're talking about the
    16 night of Thursday, August 15th.
    A Characterize it from which location?
    17 BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    Q From the
    Shelton property.
    18 A The sound levels were quite low. I
    wouldn't say that they were noticeable, in any
    19 material way, compared to any other residential
    applications.
    20 Q Do you live in a residential area?
    A Yes.
    21 Q In or near your backyard, are there air
    conditioning units?
    22 A Yes.
    Q Would you compare the Crown unit to those
    23 units?
    MR. DIVER: Objection, your Honor, to any
    24 attempt to establish that somehow this witness has
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1073
    1 a hearing expertise with respect to the definition
    of sounds coming from various air conditioners. I
    2 have no objection to his testifying with respect
    to his, to the
    chiller. But, with respect to how
    3 his sounds with respect to his neighbors, I have
    an objection.
    4 MR. ELLEDGE: Your Honor, we all have
    ears. We're all able to hear. That's what we're
    5 here about. And, he's perfectly competent to
    testify what he heard, in his own observation, as
    6 to the relative loudness of various sounds. I
    don't see any reason why he should not be
    7 permitted to testify with respect to his own
    experience.
    8 MR. DIVER: Show a continuing objection
    to relevance with respect to this whole line of
    9 questioning.
    THE COURT: I have a relevancy question.
    10 Unless the question is made more specific, it
    doesn't seem to be relevant. Objection sustained.
    11 MR. ELLEDGE: We're trying to relate --
    BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    12 Q How many HVAC systems have you had
    occasion to design or sell or work on, in your
    13 capacity as an employee, first as a project
    designer, and later as a Vice President, and
    14 currently a CEO, HVAC systems with, say,
    compressors of two tons or more? Would it be a
    15 matter of hundreds?
    A I would say in the last 18 years, more
    16 than 500.
    Q And, you've heard those, various of those
    17 in operation at various times, is that correct?
    A I've heard in operation more than 100.
    18 Q Okay. And, of those that you have
    personally heard, over 100, on a scale of just
    19 those experiences, where would you place the sound
    currently
    eminating from the Crown
    chiller unit?
    20 MR. DIVER: Objection, your Honor. With
    respect to relevance, with respect to lack of
    21 foundation, there's no comparison. We don't know
    where these tests were, where the person was,
    22 where Mr.
    Mautner was with respect to those units,
    as compared to where he was with respect to the
    23
    Shelton unit. And, it continues to be an
    irrelevant area of questioning.
    24 MR. ELLEDGE: Your Honor, we're asking
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1074
    1 him about what he observed last Thursday night,
    and asking him to compare it, in his experience,
    2 his vast experience in these things, as to the
    relative sound, sound reduction efficiencies of
    3 the unit as it is currently operating. I think
    it's perfectly relevant, and it's perfectly
    4 germane, and it has to do with his observation,
    common observation.
    5 THE COURT: The question is a general
    question, and I'll permit the witness to answer
    6 the question. Objection overruled.
    MR. ELLEDGE: Thank you.
    7 A Well, as a general answer, because I have
    heard a lot of different variety of systems, I
    8 found in the current operating mode, with the
    current enclosure, this is extraordinarily quiet.
    9 BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    Q Extraordinarily?
    10 A Quiet, as compared to other systems that
    I've heard.
    11 MR. ELLEDGE: Can I have a minute,
    please?
    12 THE COURT: Yes.
    (Off the record)
    13 BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    Q Let me just make sure I'm clear on one
    14 point; that is, in terms of the controls of this
    machine, of this HVAC system, you say it's
    15 computer driven?
    A Yes.
    16 Q Could you describe what that means, in
    terms of the day-to-day operation of the system?
    17 A Well, we've installed a computer that has
    software, created by us, that puts in specific
    18 operating algorithms for the system. And, once
    those algorithms are in place, the system runs
    19 automatically.
    Q And, what does it take to change one of
    20 those algorithms?
    A We have to re-write the program. We have
    21 to call up the system via modem, change the
    program code, the lines in the program. And,
    22 that's it, basically.
    Q But, as long as the current program is in
    23 place, the current algorithms, it will continue to
    operate predictably in the same way, is that
    24 correct?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1075
    1 A Yes.
    Q Does the resident have an opportunity to
    2 change that algorithm from his home?
    A No, he cannot change the control
    3 algorithm.
    Q That's in the hands of your --
    4 A Yes, that's our firm.
    Q Your firm?
    5 MR. ELLEDGE: I have no further
    questions.
    6 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, we
    would ask that we continue the examination of this
    7 witness, during cross, following lunch, if that's
    possible.
    8 THE COURT: All right. Off the record to
    discuss scheduling.
    9 (WHEREUPON, a short recess was taken.)
    AFTER RECESS
    10 THE COURT: We'll proceed with the
    cross-examination of Mr.
    Mautner at this time.
    11 MR. DIVER: Thank you, Madam Hearing
    Officer.
    12 CROSS EXAMINATION
    BY MR. DIVER:
    13 Q Mr.
    Mautner, you had described, in your
    testimony a few minutes ago, the enclosure, the
    14 acoustical enclosure that was placed around the
    chiller unit sometime between July of 1994 and
    15 June of 1995. Is that correct?
    A Yes.
    16 Q Tell us again what the
    Trane design would
    have called for, in terms of the relative
    17 distances of the walls of that enclosure from the
    unit itself, and why it was that you did not
    18 pursue the
    Trane specs?
    A If I remember correctly, on two sides of
    19 the unit, the
    Trane literature asked for
    approximately 3 1/2 feet of clearance. On the
    20 side opposite the air intake, I believe it asked
    for four feet of clearance. And, I think, on the
    21 inlet side, it took 8 feet of clearance.
    Q Have you recently reviewed the
    Trane
    22 specifications that were then applicable to see
    whether or not your recollection was accurate?
    23 A I flipped through a catalog in the last
    month, yes.
    24 Q I'm going to show you a document of
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1076
    1 February 8th, 1994, right after I show it to
    counsel.
    2 MR. CARSON: This is going to be
    exhibit --
    3 MR. DIVER: At this point, I'm just going
    to ask him to look at it and see if it refreshes
    4 his recollection as to what
    Trane's requirements
    were?
    5 MR. ELLEDGE: The date?
    MR. DIVER: The date of the document is
    6 February 8th, 1994.
    MR. ELLEDGE: Thank you.
    7 BY MR. DIVER:
    Q Have you had a chance to look at that,
    8 Mr.
    Mautner?
    A Yes.
    9 Q Have you seen that document before?
    A No.
    10 Q Does that refresh your recollection as to
    what
    Trane's requirements were, in February of
    11 1994, concerning distances of walls from the
    chiller unit?
    12 A No.
    Q Could you reference us to the document
    13 that you used to determine what the appropriate
    distances ought to be?
    14 A I believe it's the installation and
    operation and maintenance manual.
    15 Q I show you now what's been previously
    marked as Exhibit No. 3. I'll ask you if that's
    16 the document that you had reference to?
    A Yes.
    17 Q Could you find in there the information
    that you've just testified to concerning the
    18 relative placement of walls around the air
    conditioning unit?
    19 A Yes, there's one. You want me to circle
    the areas where they're marked?
    20 Q Well, why don't you just indicate for me,
    I don't know if Mr.
    Elledge wants to be over here.
    21 A This is what we're talking about for this
    unit. The indications on the diagram here show
    22 minimum clearance requirements on the two sides
    that I referred to as three.
    23 THE COURT: Mr.
    Mautner, what page are
    you on?
    24 A I'm on Page 7 of the document.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1077
    1 THE COURT: Thank you.
    A Top view drawing or top most drawing also
    2 on the document shows minimum clearances of 3'6"
    to the two sides that I referred to. And, any
    3 minimum clearance on the third side that I
    referred to as four feet.
    4 Q Right.
    A This six foot minimum clearance that you
    5 referred to in the document that Mr.
    Doshi
    prepared is contradicted by Page 12, which refers
    6 to Table 1 on Page 13. So, what I saw on Page 13,
    for this size unit, was a 8 foot ceiling
    7 installation, air flow intake clearance.
    Q Okay. Now, at the time that -- strike
    8 that -- did Mid/
    Res design the acoustical
    enclosure?
    9 A We picked the dimensions, yes.
    Q So, you determined, Mid/
    Res determined
    10 how close or far it would be from the relative
    faces of the
    chiller unit?
    11 A Yes.
    Q Who, in particular, did that?
    12 A I did.
    Q And, at the time you did it, did you do
    13 it knowing what the
    Trane requirements were?
    A Yes.
    14 Q You determined, then, that at the time
    that you chose those particular clearances, that
    15 the air flow to the system would be sufficient
    with the distances reduced, given your design?
    16 A We believed that it would. I did,
    particularly.
    17 Q Was there anything about the operation of
    the equipment; that is, the
    chiller unit, after
    18 the acoustical enclosure was created with those
    smaller dimensions, that indicated that you were
    19 correct; that is, that air flow was not unduly
    impeded?
    20 A I'm not aware of any indications that we
    found
    impedence of the air flow that caused a
    21 mechanical failure of the unit.
    Q Did Mid/
    Res design the height of the
    22 acoustical enclosure that was installed, that
    you've just been talking about?
    23 A Yes, I picked the height.
    Q What was the height that you picked?
    24 A Seven feet.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1078
    1 Q That seven feet included how much panel
    and how much something else, was it all panel?
    2 A It's all panel.
    Q Okay. Just to help us out, I'm going to
    3 ask you to look at Exhibit No. 106 that was
    admitted, being a job order for this sound
    4 insulation system from Jack
    Doshi. Would you
    indicate to us where, on that document, a seven
    5 foot dimension is found?
    Q I believe that document actually shows 72
    6 inches, does it not?
    A 72 inches is correct.
    7 Q Which would be six feet, correct?
    A Six feet, that's correct.
    8 Q That was the design that you chose?
    A Give me just a minute.
    9 Q Okay.
    A The overall height was eight feet.
    10 Q The height of the acoustical panel itself
    was eight feet?
    11 A Overall height of the acoustical
    enclosure is eight feet.
    12 Q All right. The acoustical enclosure is
    made up of acoustical panels, correct?
    13 A Yes.
    Q And, were the panels that were installed
    14 themselves eight feet in height?
    A I believe so.
    15 Q Okay. Is that shown somewhere in this
    document?
    16 A On Line 1 on Page 3.
    Q Which says, "Overall height of enclosure
    17 covers should be eight feet"?
    A Correct.
    18 Q Tell me what the enclosure covers were to
    be?
    19 A I believe what he's indicating here is
    the overall height of the enclosure is eight feet.
    20 The access panel height, that you referred to at
    six feet, are the sections that are shown on the
    21 final page, which can be lifted out for service
    access. So, there's six foot sections, as
    22 observed by Mr. Kaiser, and two foot, a silent two
    foot section above that.
    23 Q Does this diagram not indicate what the
    dimensions of these panels should be on all of the
    24 sides?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1079
    1 A This diagram indicates only the plan
    view, not the elevation.
    2 Q Okay. Does the document, indicating the
    panel sizes that are to be ordered, indicate the
    3 height?
    A Yes, these panel sizes refer to removable
    4 portions of the panel.
    THE COURT: And, you're referring, within
    5 the same exhibit, to page --
    A To Page 2 for the panel height, and Page
    6 4 for the plan view.
    MR. DIVER: These are
    un-numbered pages,
    7 Madam Hearing Officer.
    BY MR. DIVER:
    8 Q Okay. So, what you're saying is that
    some portion of the unit was eight feet in height,
    9 and some portion was six feet, is that correct?
    A No. The whole unit is eight feet. There
    10 are six foot sections that are made to be
    removable so that service can be accessed into the
    11 unit.
    Q All right. Is any portion of the eight
    12 feet the height of the concrete pad upon which the
    enclosure sits -- does the enclosure sit on a
    13 concrete pad?
    A Yes.
    14 Q Does any amount of the eight feet include
    the height of the concrete pad itself?
    15 A No.
    Q Why did you choose, was it seven feet or
    16 eight feet?
    A Eight feet.
    17 Q Why did you choose eight feet?
    A When you look at the
    Trane document that
    18 we received, after Mr.
    Shelton discovered it, it
    gives you some indication of elevations above the
    19 top of the unit that the
    Trane Company
    recommended.
    20 MR. DIVER: Excuse me, Madam Hearing
    Officer, one moment.
    21 BY MR. DIVER:
    Q I'm showing you now what was marked, but
    22 not admitted, as Plaintiff's Exhibit No. 99, being
    the engineering bulletin. Asking you if that's
    23 the document to which you have reference? And, if
    it is, can you show me the sections of it that you
    24 relied upon in providing for the design of this
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1080
    1 enclosure?
    A I don't know if this is the same date as
    2 the bulletin, but the paragraph on Page 6 looks
    similar.
    3 Q Paragraph on Page 6 under Roman Numeral
    III, "Burial or Barrier Wall Enclosures". And,
    4 what particular language did you look to in that,
    in determining the height?
    5 A Specifically, the line that says, "Also,
    the barrier wall height should be at least two
    6 feet minimum above the top of the unit, but not
    more than one and a half times the height of the
    7 split condensing unit when the barrier walls form
    an enclosure."
    8 Q Okay. I'm asking you to just cast your
    eyes on the adjoining page, Page 5, and ask you
    9 if, in your design of the height of this system,
    you had reference at all to the information
    10 contained in Figure 7, which refers to use of a
    barrier wall in providing upper story sound
    11 attenuation?
    A Yes.
    12 Q And, in your design of the system, is it
    your opinion that an eight foot high unit would
    13 have provided the sound attenuation for the upper
    stories of the
    Shelton residence?
    14 A When located immediately adjacent to the
    unit, yes.
    15 Q And, that's because the face of the unit
    itself, looking up over the top of the acoustical
    16 enclosure, would go over the rooftop of the
    Shelton house, in essence, as indicated in this
    17 particular drawing?
    A Yes. We did not make the calculation, I
    18 did not.
    Q You did not make that?
    19 A I did not make the calculation.
    Q But, that was your intention, to
    20 accomplish that predicted result, as shown in this
    particular figure?
    21 A Yes, yes, while staying within the
    guidelines.
    22 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer,
    subject to reproduction having to be needed, I
    23 would move the introduction of Pages 5 and 6,
    particularly Figure 7 and the description of
    24 barrier walls and barrier wall enclosures, as
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1081
    1 being relied upon by this witness in the design of
    the acoustical enclosure, would move the
    2 introduction of those two pages of this exhibit.
    THE COURT: Is that Exhibit No. 99?
    3 MR. DIVER: Yes.
    THE COURT: Exhibit No. 99 was discussed
    4 on July 12th. It was not received, and it was
    stated, at that time, that it was subject to a
    5 confidentiality agreement with the company.
    MR. DIVER: Right. That's correct.
    6 This witness has now testified that absent that
    confidentiality, he relied on this document in the
    7 design of that system. And, I believe that waives
    the confidentiality because there's another source
    8 of this information. The witness who received,
    with respect to this particular document, Mr.
    9
    Seda, was also asked whether or not segments of
    this document, other pages of this document, were
    10 true and correct copies -- were true and correctly
    copied in the
    Trane documents that are seen in
    11 other of the exhibits that Madam Hearing Officer
    has allowed. With respect to this particular
    12 document, however, those two pages, we would move
    the introduction of now.
    13 MR. ELLEDGE: Madam Hearing Officer, I'm
    not here to defend any confidentiality on behalf
    14 of
    Trane, or any arrangement counsel has with
    Trane. So, I have no concern as far as that is
    15 concerned. I just wonder if, at this point, it
    wouldn't make more sense to introduce the entire
    16 document.
    THE COURT: Let's go off the record to
    17 discuss the, whether the
    paties wish to agree to
    introduce the entire document into evidence, at
    18 this time.
    (WHEREUPON, an off-the-record discussion
    19 took place.)
    THE COURT: We were refreshing our memory
    20 as to when this document came up earlier, and
    concerns about its introduction into evidence at
    21 that time. So, we will rephrase the introduction
    of the material at this time.
    22 MR. DIVER: At this point, I would move
    the introduction of Pages 5 and 6 of what have
    23 been previously marked as Plaintiff's Exhibit No.
    99, certain other pages of which have already come
    24 into evidence, Madam Hearing Officer.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1082
    1 THE COURT: I understand there's no
    objection.
    2 MR. ELLEDGE: No objection.
    THE COURT: All right. Then, those pages
    3 of Exhibit No. 99 will be entered into evidence,
    and I will obtain a copy of those pages
    4 separately, and they will be so identified.
    MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, I
    5 would propose that they be shown as Exhibit,
    what's our next exhibit number, 113, I think it
    6 is.
    THE COURT: I show 112.
    7 MR. CARSON: 99 A?
    MR. DIVER: We can call it 99 A and B for
    8 5 and 6.
    THE COURT: 99 A was not admitted, and 99
    9 B?
    MR. DIVER: 99 A is Page 5.
    10 MR. ELLEDGE: You have to go above A and
    B. I don't know what letter is the first one.
    11 THE COURT: We already had discussion of
    it as Exhibit 99.
    12 MR. DIVER: Right, right. What if we
    call it Exhibit No. 99, Pages 5 and 6. Is that
    13 acceptable?
    MR. ELLEDGE: I have no objection.
    14 MR. DIVER: We'll call it that.
    THE COURT: Exhibit No. 99, Pages 5 and 6,
    15 are admitted into evidence.
    BY MR. DIVER:
    16 Q Mr.
    Mautner, do you recall when you
    completed the design of the acoustical enclosure
    17 that we've just been talking about?
    A It was in the fall of 1994.
    18 Q When was it actually constructed?
    A When was it erected?
    19 Q Yes, when was it put together, put in
    place?
    20 A In the spring of 1995.
    Q Was there a reason why it wasn't
    21 constructed during the heating season of 1994?
    A We were waiting to receive the panels.
    22 And then, the weather wasn't conducive to doing
    outdoor construction at the time.
    23 Q At what time?
    A In the winter of 1994-95.
    24 Q There are currently, there's now, in
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1083
    1 August of 1996, some acoustical panels that have
    been erected on top of the original enclosure,
    2 correct?
    A Yes.
    3 Q Those additions would have been made
    sometime the week of August the 5th?
    4 A Yes.
    Q And, the actual materials of construction
    5 were plywood sheets with interior facing, with
    some kind of fiberglass?
    6 A Yes.
    Q Did you actually do the construction,
    7 Brad
    Mautner?
    A No.
    8 Q Did Mid/
    Res do the construction?
    A No.
    9 Q Did Mid/
    Res hire somebody to do the
    construction?
    10 A Yes.
    Q And, that gentleman's name is
    Gustafson?
    11 A Yes, Carpenter subcontractor.
    Q And, did you give, did you, yourself,
    12 give instructions to Mr.
    Gustafson as to how to
    construct those acoustical panels?
    13 A No.
    Q Did you give instructions to someone, to
    14 be passed on to Mr.
    Gustafson, as to how they were
    to be constructed?
    15 A Yes.
    Q And, what were the instructions that you
    16 gave?
    A Well, I gave the instructions that we
    17 would add an additional four feet of elevation to
    the existing enclosure. And, that we should have
    18 air separations to prevent air from re-circulating
    back into the intake. And, that there was supposed
    19 to be some type of insulating material on the
    inside of the plywood panels.
    20 Q Did you give any specifications as to the
    nature of the fiberglass?
    21 A In the phone conversation where we were
    given recommendations about what to put on the
    22 interior surfaces, there was a particular
    insulating material mentioned. I don't remember
    23 the exact make or model number, but it was, I was
    told that it was not readily available when we
    24 went to search for it. But, it was acceptable to
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1084
    1 use, for test purposes, fiberglass. It's commonly
    available.
    2 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, we now
    have copies of what has been marked as Exhibit No.
    3 99, Pages 5 and 6, which we're providing to you
    and to counsel.
    4 THE COURT: Thank you.
    BY MR. DIVER:
    5 Q You've just referenced a conversation
    which you were given instructions as to the
    6 specifications for this acoustical panel?
    A Yes.
    7 Q And, who was that conversation with?
    A It was a telephone conference call with
    8
    Reece Elledge and George
    Kamperman.
    Q And, this is the same George
    Kamperman
    9 that, I believe, you said you spoke to in May or
    June of 1994 as well?
    10 A Of 1996.
    Q I'm sorry, of 1996?
    11 A Yes.
    Q Had you ever spoken to Mr.
    Kamperman
    12 before the May or June of 1996 conversation?
    A Yes.
    13 Q And, when had you first -- oh, in May.
    May or June of 1996?
    14 A Yes.
    Q When had you first spoken to Mr.
    15
    Kamperman about the subject of the Crown air
    conditioner?
    16 A It was in early May of 1996.
    Q And, in that conversation of early May of
    17 1996, was anyone else involved in the
    conversation?
    18 A
    Reece Elledge.
    Q Okay. Was this a telephone conversation?
    19 A We had a meeting at the site, as well as
    there was -- the one I'm referring to, the one you
    20 referenced was the telephone conversation.
    Q This early May of 1996?
    21 A Right, early May was at the site.
    Q At the site. So, you actually were with
    22 Mr.
    Kamperman?
    A Right.
    23 Q And, during the course of that meeting
    with Mr.
    Kamperman, at the site with Mr.
    Elledge,
    24 did Mr.
    Kamperman indicate possible additional
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1085
    1 steps that could be taken to reduce the sound
    being experienced from the Crown air conditioner?
    2 A Yes. It was his recommendation to
    operate with a single compressor.
    3 Q Did he make other recommendations?
    A Well, he generally referred to the idea
    4 that he would like to see additional enclosure
    elevation height, and if we could find a mechanism
    5 to control the fan speed.
    Q So, the variable frequency drive, the
    6 increased acoustical enclosure, as well as the
    operational change to a single compressor, single
    7 fan, were all the subject of Mr.
    Kamperman's
    recommendations in this meeting that you had with
    8 him and Mr.
    Elledge in early May of 1996?
    A They were all part of a conversation,
    9 that's correct.
    Q And, following that early May of 1996
    10 meeting, what did you begin to do with respect to
    the recommendation of additional height of the
    11 acoustical enclosure?
    A Well, at that point in time, the first
    12 recommendation was to change the operating mode.
    Q When you spoke to Mr.
    Kamperman, he told
    13 you that he thought these should be done
    sequentially, as opposed to in parallel?
    14 A He didn't say specifically. We knew that
    the change in the operating mode could be
    15 accomplished through programming and some field
    hardware changes. And, we needed to research the
    16 impact of the additional elevation enclosure, as
    well as whether or not we could even obtain
    17 variable frequency drives.
    Q What I'm asking you is, what did you do
    18 after your early May of 1996 meeting with respect
    to investigating the subject of additional
    19 enclosure height?
    A I don't recall when we began to
    20 investigate that.
    Q Isn't it true that you didn't begin to
    21 investigate it until you received a call from Mr.
    Elledge approximately one week after the
    22 commencement of trial of this matter?
    A No. I believe I looked at the manual
    23 prior to that. But, he asked me to implement,
    specifically to implement the variable frequency
    24 drive and the elevation, additional elevation of
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1086
    1 the enclosure at that time.
    Q Okay. I just want to be clear about your
    2 testimony. Your testimony now is that in your
    first conversation with Mr.
    Elledge, following
    3 commencement of trial in this proceeding, that is
    sometime in or before the middle of July, that Mr.
    4
    Elledge's instruction to you was to commence the
    implementation of these additional
    5 recommendations, as opposed to commencing the
    investigation of these additional pieces. Did he
    6 ask you to investigate or to implement in that
    first conversation?
    7 A He asked me to implement the nighttime
    mode of operation, we discussed that, and
    8 implement the single compressor operation. And, I
    took it on myself to investigate the other two
    9 alternatives.
    Q When had you completed your
    10 investigation, in particular, with respect to the
    feasibility of adding additional footage to the
    11 acoustical enclosure?
    A Well, my investigation showed that it
    12 would be higher than the recommendations, and I
    don't remember exactly when it was completed. I
    13 know that we began the implementation immediately
    upon being informed that we could go ahead and
    14 proceed.
    Q All right. With respect to the
    15 investigation into the variable frequency drives,
    when do you recall having learned about the
    16 availability or not of variable frequency drives
    for this particular
    chiller unit?
    17 A It was in late July, mid to late July.
    Q And when, with respect to your early May
    18 of 1996 conversation with George
    Kamperman and
    Reece Elledge at the site, on site, when, relative
    19 to that conversation, did you commence your
    investigation of the availability of variable
    20 frequency drives?
    A In July.
    21 Q And why did you wait approximately two or
    two and a half months before commencing the
    22 variable frequency drive investigation?
    A Because it wasn't clear that that was a
    23 measure that was going to be implemented. There
    are other ways to control fan speed.
    24 Q All right. Were you investigating other
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1087
    1 mechanisms to control fan speed during that period
    of early May of 1996 and late July of 1996?
    2 A The original conversation was to look for
    a multiple speed motor which could be two speeds
    3 or three fixed speeds. We did not spend much time
    investigating because it was not clear the
    4 variable speed drives could be successfully
    applied to this. So, we did not spend time, at
    5 that time, investigating it.
    Q But, at some later time, you did make the
    6 effort to learn about that?
    A Yes, in July.
    7 Q And, that was after your conversation
    with Mr.
    Elledge on the telephone about a week
    8 after this trial commenced?
    A Yes.
    9 Q Is that correct?
    A Yes.
    10 Q Now, at the time that Mr.
    Elledge gave
    you these instructions to commence the
    11 implementation of the other two
    Kamperman
    recommendations, what exactly were you doing with
    12 respect to investigating additional corrective
    action that might be taken with respect to the
    13
    chiller unit?
    A After his instruction for implementation?
    14 Q No, at the time, just before he called
    you, what had you been doing with respect to
    15 investigating other mechanisms?
    A I had not been doing much with respect to
    16 that recommendation.
    Q Isn't it true that you had not been asked
    17 to do anything, and so you were not doing
    anything?
    18 A We had not been asked to do much, so we
    did not do anything, at the moment.
    19 Q Is it not true that until that
    conversation with Mr.
    Elledge, the last thing that
    20 Mid/
    Res had done itself, with respect to
    identifying a sound attenuating mechanism for this
    21
    chiller unit, was the recommendation of the
    acoustical panel that was installed sometime in
    22 early 1995?
    A Yes, I think that's right.
    23 Q You had indicated, in your earlier
    testimony, that you had been reading, the last
    24 couple of years, last two or three years, I think
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1088
    1 you indicated, about the existence of variable
    frequency drives of a smaller stage than 10 or 7
    2 horsepower, is that correct?
    A Yes.
    3 Q And, had you been aware, at least through
    the literature for that period of time, of the
    4 existence of a one horsepower variable frequency
    drive?
    5 A I had.
    Q Did Mid/
    Res ever prepare any written
    6 plans with respect to the construction or
    materials for the acoustical enclosure that was to
    7 be added to the top of the existing acoustical
    enclosure?
    8 A No.
    Q Did
    MidWesCo, Mid/ Res or MidWesCo ever
    9 prepare any plans or designs with respect to the
    installation, wiring, et cetera, for the variable
    10 frequency drive, in connection with the existing
    one horsepower fans?
    11 A No, not that I'm aware of.
    Q I believe the actual cost that was quoted
    12 to you by
    Magnatek for the three fans was $2700,
    is that correct?
    13 A The quote was from the
    Trane Company for
    Magnatek drives, for 3 one horsepower drives,
    14 approximately $2700.
    Q
    Magnatek, to your knowledge, is not part
    15 of
    Trane?
    A No, I don't believe so.
    16 Q When were you first advised that there
    had been sound measurements of the acoustical
    17 enclosure and variable frequency drive systems
    prior to the test that occurred on August 15th?
    18 A I believe the sound measurements, there
    were sound measurements made in June.
    19 Q In June. What about the sound
    measurements that were measuring the sound of the
    20 extended acoustical enclosure and the variable
    frequency drive that occurred prior to August
    21 15th, 1996?
    A I believe they were made in the first
    22 week of August.
    Q By Mr.
    Kamperman?
    23 A I believe so. I was not present.
    Q And, were you told of the result of that
    24 test?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1089
    1 A Just generally. I didn't see any
    particular data.
    2 Q Okay. And, by whom were you
    communicating with?
    3 A Harry
    Akers.
    Q Do you know if Mr.
    Akers had been present
    4 at the time of those tests?
    A I believe he was.
    5 Q Okay. You indicated that this particular
    system is computer driven, correct?
    6 A It's computer controlled, yes.
    Q Utilizing a Mid/
    Res or MidWesCo software,
    7 correct?
    A Well, control algorithms were written by
    8 us, but the software is the manufacturer's
    property.
    9 Q So, that's somebody else's. You
    indicated that those algorithms could be
    10 re-written?
    A They were written and could be
    11 re-written.
    Q What's to stop their being re-written to
    12 change the manner of operation of this particular
    chiller unit?
    13 A Well, you would have to be instructed to
    do it.
    14 Q Further, you indicated that the resident,
    in the system that's now in existence, does not
    15 have the ability to control the particular
    operation of fans, is that correct?
    16 A I'm not sure what you just asked me.
    Q All right. My understanding was, form
    17 your previous testimony, you said that the
    resident does not have the ability to control the
    18 system?
    A Oh, the residents, the Crowns.
    19 Q The resident, yes, I'm sorry.
    A The Crowns do not have the ability to
    20 change the control algorithms.
    Q Could they?
    21 A No.
    Q Could they call you up and say change the
    22 algorithm?
    A They could instruct us to, and I don't
    23 recall he has the programming skills, and I know
    he does not have the password skill, to get into
    24 the program to change it.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1090
    1 Q All that would be required would be a
    call to you to ask you to change it.
    2 A He would have to instruct us to change
    it.
    3 Q In your testimony, you indicated, I
    believe, that you had never seen the system
    4 operating at full RPM since the changeover to the
    variable frequency drive, is that correct?
    5 A It's my understanding that the variable
    frequency drives have not needed to operate at
    6 full RPM.
    Q And, when you say have needed to be
    7 operated, what do you mean by that, haven't needed
    to be?
    8 A The conditions of outdoor and indoor
    temperature have not required it.
    9 Q What are the conditions of indoor and
    outdoor temperature mode that would be required to
    10 exist, that would have to exist in order for these
    three fans to operate at full RPM?
    11 A Well, I have to speculate a little here,
    but we would anticipate that the full RPM would be
    12 needed when the outdoor air temperature was above
    what we call a design day in Chicago. For our
    13 purposes, in this discussion, we'll call it 95
    degrees
    farenheit. It's not clear, though, if the
    14 fans will
    operte at 100% RPM at that condition.
    Q Is it equally not 100% that they will not
    15 operate at full speed at a temperature less than
    95?
    16 A It's a certainty that it will operate at
    a less speed below 95 degrees.
    17 Q No. What I'm asking you is whether or not
    you can tell me that, from what you know of this
    18 system, it's not possible for the three fans to
    operate at full speed when the outdoor temperature
    19 is less than 95 degrees?
    A It's possible, if there's a problem with
    20 the system.
    Q And, that's because the system isn't
    21 triggered on the basis of temperature itself, as
    measured by a thermometer, but by the pressure in
    22 this refrigerant line, correct?
    A Yes. But, they're related.
    23 Q I understand. But, there are also
    possibilities, I take it, for difficulties,
    24 mechanical problems of some sort or another, that
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1091
    1 would cause the pressure in the refrigerant to be
    increased, even though the outdoor temperature is
    2 not excessively hot.
    A Yes, but under that circumstance, the
    3 system would stop operating.
    Q Because?
    4 A It has safety controls to prevent it from
    causing damage.
    5 Q So, you're saying, for any conceivable
    mechanical problem that could occur, that would
    6 cause the refrigerant line pressure to increase,
    the system would automatically shut down?
    7 A That's what it's intended to do.
    Q I understand that. I'm asking you whether
    8 or not you're telling me that, is it possible for
    the system to operate, continue to operate where
    9 something other than outdoor temperature is
    causing an increase in the refrigerant line
    10 pressure?
    A I think impossible is too hard to say,
    11 because I suppose we could construct a scenario
    where the safety controls failed, and the system
    12 continued to operate to the point of failure.
    Q I believe we had a couple of those design
    13 days within the last week or two, is that correct?
    A No, I don't believe so.
    14 Q I could have sworn that you told me last
    Friday that we'd had two of the design days the
    15 week before?
    A That's not what I told you.
    16 Q What did you tell me, with respect to the
    last time we've had a design day in Chicago?
    17 A I don't know if we reached a design day.
    I said it was in the 90's during the week of the
    18 5th, and I left for vacation on the 7th. And, it
    was my understanding that, I believe on the 6th,
    19 it was in the 90's, the low 90's. But, after that,
    I was not here and I don't know.
    20 Q Did you experience the actual operation
    of the fans at any time when the temperature was
    21 in excess of 90 degrees at the time the
    measurement was being made?
    22 A I was not there.
    Q Did you know of anybody who was there at
    23 the time when the temperature outside was 90
    degrees and the fans were operating on the basis
    24 of this computerized system?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1092
    1 A I don't know.
    Q I believe you stated that these two
    2 pieces of the program, that is the increase in the
    height of the enclosure and the variable frequency
    3 drives were installed in or about August 5th?
    A During the week of August 5th?
    4 Q Prior to that time, the nighttime
    operation of the system was, as I understood it,
    5 one compressor and one fan, is that correct?
    A Yes.
    6 Q Now, the nighttime operation is one
    compressor and one, two, or three fans, depending
    7 upon the demands of the pressure in the
    refrigerant line?
    8 A No.
    Q All three fans will operate, but at a
    9 reduced level.
    A Yes.
    10 Q Will they all operate at the same reduced
    level?
    11 A Yes.
    Q So, they are synchronized in the sense
    12 that each one is not operating at a different
    speed, but they are in unison, operating at
    13 different speeds?
    A Yes.
    14 Q In establishing this particular system
    that you talked about, the increase in the
    15 enclosure and the variable frequency drives, did
    you receive instructions with respect to how this
    16 system should be designed and operated from anyone
    other than
    Reece Elledge and George
    Kamperman?
    17 A No.
    Q The actual acoustical panels, should I
    18 understand now that the height of the acoustical
    construction right now is 12 feet?
    19 A Yes.
    Q How are those panels affixed to the old
    20 enclosure?
    A I believe they're affixed with sheet
    21 metal screws.
    Q Is that a permanent change?
    22 A It's anticipated it's a permanent change.
    Q That it's anticipated that that four feet
    23 addition will stay on top of the 8 foot enclosure,
    is that what you're saying?
    24 A I don't know that. I've not been
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1093
    1 instructed to remove it.
    Q Have you been instructed that at some
    2 future point in time, that that particular unit
    will change to be a 12 foot high unit as opposed
    3 to a 9 foot and a 4 foot unit?
    A I don't know.
    4 Q You're saying you haven't been told that?
    A No, I haven't been told that.
    5 Q You indicated on the night of the test,
    August 15th, 1996, that in order to establish the
    6 various operating modes for the unit, you had to
    call an engineer at a remote location?
    7 A Yes.
    Q And, you provided that engineer a set of
    8 instructions as to how to change the operating
    mode of the unit, correct?
    9 A Yes.
    Q And, was the person in charge, that
    10 engineer on duty, required to change the
    algorithms for the system in order to do that?
    11 A In this particular case, what he did was
    override the system for a temporary change, at my
    12 request.
    Q Is it possible, then, in order to have
    13 this system operating in a function different from
    that which the computer ordinarily would do, not
    14 only to change the algorithms, but also to
    override the system?
    15 A It's possible.
    Q How do you determine, if you determined,
    16 whether or not the instructions that you had
    communicated by telephone were actually followed?
    17 That is, whether, in particular, the protocol that
    was identified as full power was, indeed, full
    18 power?
    A I didn't determine it.
    19 Q Was there any way you could have
    determined it?
    20 A Well, I determined it by asking the
    engineer on duty to read to me the level from the
    21 computer. I didn't determine it independently.
    Q I'm asking was there a way that you could
    22 have determined it independently?
    A Me?
    23 Q You.
    A No.
    24 Q Was there a way that anybody on site that
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1094
    1 night could have determined independently whether
    or not the operating modes that the equipment was
    2 supposed to be running in for the sound tests were
    actually the modes that it was operating in?
    3 A Part of it, we could determine.
    Q That's when it was off?
    4 A Off, as well as two compressor operation.
    Q You could tell whether there were two
    5 compressors on? How could you tell that?
    A You can go near the unit and see that the
    6 two systems were operating. You can hear the two
    independently operating.
    7 Q Is that what you did, to determine that
    when it was supposed to be in the two compressor
    8 operation, that that was the circumstance?
    A I did not, no.
    9 Q Again, your expertise is not in
    acoustics, is that correct?
    10 A Yes.
    Q Yes, I'm correct, it's not?
    11 A Yes, you're correct.
    Q Or, in sound measurement?
    12 A Not in sound measurement, no.
    Q Or in designing soundproofing systems?
    13 A No.
    MR. DIVER: Could we have a quick huddle,
    14 Madam Hearing Officer, just to see if we're done?
    THE COURT: Yes. Take a minute off the
    15 record.
    (Off the record)
    16 THE COURT: Back on the record.
    BY MR. DIVER:
    17 Q It's my understanding that you'd been
    told about the various suggestions that had been
    18 made by Greg
    Zak during his testimony in this
    proceeding with respect to additional changes or
    19 add-ons that might be made to reduce the amount of
    sound perceived from this system, is that correct?
    20 A Briefly, yes.
    Q And, one of those concerns was the
    21 establishment of a ground cooling system, correct?
    A Generally speaking, yes.
    22 Q And, did you investigate that?
    A I did not.
    23 Q Did you ask somebody to investigate it?
    A I asked Harry
    Akers.
    24 Q And, what did Harry report back to you
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1095
    1 concerning that particular system?
    A His report to me in general was that it
    2 didn't seem feasible or reasonable for this
    application. And, in light of other changes that
    3 were contemplated, could be implemented more
    quickly, they seemed more favorable. And, we had
    4 no further conversation about it.
    Q Okay. So, do I understand, then, that Mr.
    5
    Akers was cognizant of these other changes that
    had been proposed by George
    Kamperman as well?
    6 A Yes, I mentioned them to him.
    Q Do you know whether or not there was any
    7 investigation of Mr.
    Zak's recommendation of an
    air tight enclosure around the
    chiller unit?
    8 A There was not, that I'm aware of.
    Q One more thing. What was the actual cost
    9 that the contractor gave you for erecting the
    acoustical panels?
    10 A I don't have a cost yet. We're waiting
    for his bill.
    11 MR. DIVER: No further questions.
    MR. ELLEDGE: I have a few brief ones.
    12 REDIRECT EXAMINATION
    BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    13 Q Mr.
    Mautner, I'd like you to cast your
    mind back to the question of activities during
    14 May, June, and July. And, the first time you met
    George
    Kamperman was at the site, did you say?
    15 A I met him in early May.
    Q In early May, at the site?
    16 A Yes.
    Q And, was there a subsequent meeting at
    17 your offices?
    A Yes.
    18 Q Okay. And, there have been subsequent
    telephone conversations?
    19 A Yes.
    Q Okay. And, during those, during that
    20 period, there have been a number of different
    ideas mooted, is that not so?
    21 A Yes.
    Q Okay. Did you, was there any exploration
    22 of the question of fan design, was that
    considered?
    23 A Well, we
    dicussed briefly that there
    could be different propellers on these fans, but
    24 we did not explore different propeller types.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1096
    1 Q Could you tell us what active sound
    reduction is?
    2 A We also had, that's true. We also
    discussed briefly active noise reduction.
    3 Q And, did you pursue that issue?
    A I looked into it briefly.
    4 Q And, to whom, with whom did you
    correspond on that?
    5 A I called a company called
    Digisonix to
    see if they had any products that would make sense
    6 as an active noise reduction product.
    Q And, what were you told?
    7 MR. DIVER: Objection, hearsay.
    MR. ELLEDGE: I think this is, really
    8 goes to the question of, as we've talked about
    before, as to what his state of mind was, and
    9 whether things were pursued or not pursued. And,
    the issue of whether he was encouraged or
    10 discouraged becomes very significant in that
    regard, your Honor.
    11 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, if
    this witness' state of mind were at issue, I'd
    12 concur, but it's not. This witness is here to
    testify as to what factual matters he did. He's
    13 not the Respondent or Complainant, unless he wants
    to be Respondent.
    14 THE COURT: Could you rephrase your
    question?
    15 BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    Q What conclusion did you reach as a result
    16 of that conversation?
    MR. DIVER: Objection, same --
    17 MR. ELLEDGE: What conclusions did you
    reach, that's my question.
    18 THE COURT: Overruled.
    A The conclusion from my conversation with
    19
    Digisonix was that they did not have a product
    available that they thought was appropriate for
    20 this application. And, led me to make one further
    phone call to a consulting company on the east
    21 coast called BBN, stands for three names, which I
    can't remember the exact names.
    22 Q What conclusion did you draw from, if
    any, after your contact with BBN?
    23 A BBN, my conclusion was after, after
    speaking with them, was that active noise
    24 reduction, in this particular application, didn't
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1097
    1 seem appropriate. They were unaware of any
    commercially available products to do so.
    2 Q Did you, during this period, look into or
    cause someone to look into the question of a water
    3 cooled --
    MR. DIVER: Objection, leading.
    4 MR. ELLEDGE: Well, this is
    cross-examination.
    5 MR. DIVER: It's your witness.
    MR. ELLEDGE: Let me withdraw the
    6 question and phrase it in a different way.
    BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    7 Q What consideration, if any, did you give
    to a water cooled system? And, by water cooled,
    8 I'm assuming that means wells.
    A Well, when the subject came up of using
    9 the ground as part of the heat
    sink*, if you will,
    for this operation, I believe Harry
    Akers also
    10 looked at using ground water as a condenser water
    medium. His conclusion to me was that we could
    11 not acquire enough water flow to use that in this
    particular application. So, we didn't spend a lot
    12 of time looking at it.
    Q What consideration, if any, did you give
    13 to the possibility of installing additional fans
    on the enclosure to increase air circulation?
    14 A Well, I had mentioned to George that if
    the additional elevation of the four foot
    15 enclosure caused too large a restriction of air
    movement, that I thought we might be able to put a
    16 small fan in one opening in that part of the
    enclosure, to be sure that the discharge airways
    17 relieved properly.
    Q What, if you can recall, was the genesis
    18 of that idea?
    A It was kind of a hybrid idea that came up
    19 from George
    Zak's comment originally.
    MR. ELLEDGE: I have nothing further.
    20 RECROSS EXAMINATION
    BY MR. DIVER:
    21 Q Mr.
    Mautner, when was all this
    brainstorming done that you've just been
    22 describing to Mr.
    Elledge?
    A In June.
    23 Q June of 1996?
    A Yes.
    24 Q After the sound measurement had been made
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1098
    1 of the single compressor, single fan operations?
    A I believe so, yes. No -- I don't
    2 remember. I believe so.
    Q Did Mr.
    Elledge just tell you the answer
    3 was wrong?
    A I know it was in June. I don't remember
    4 the timing or the sequence, but --
    Q Did you just look to Mr.
    Elledge for some
    5 indication of whether your answer was correct?
    A No, I just looked at Mr.
    Elledge, and he
    6 was shaking his head.
    Q As though your answer was wrong?
    7 A Perhaps.
    Q Is that what you understood it to mean?
    8 A Perhaps.
    MR. DIVER: I have no further questions.
    9 THE COURT: Does that conclude your
    re-cross?
    10 MR. DIVER: Yes, it does.
    THE COURT: All right, then, at this
    11 point in time--thank you, Mr.
    Mautner, and we'll
    take a lunch break. And, we'll discuss our return
    12 time off the record.
    (WHEREUPON, the luncheon recess was
    13 taken.)
    AFTER RECESS
    14 THE COURT: Okay. We're back on the
    record after lunch, and we have two preliminary
    15 items. We have the introduction of exhibits
    related to the Village of
    Winnetka ordinance
    16 concerning sound emissions. And, we also have a
    ruling on the request for in camera review of
    17
    discoverability of certain notes made by Mr.
    Shelton. First, let's take care of the ordinance.
    18 MR. DIVER: Yes, Madam Hearing Officer.
    At our last hearing, we tendered the court and to
    19 counsel for the Respondent a copy of an amendment
    to the Village of
    Winnetka ordinances of January
    20 of 1996, as well as a copy of the ordinances as
    amended by that amendment. We tendered today a
    21 copy of the Village of
    Winnetka ordinance in
    effect at the time that the air conditioning unit
    22 was installed at the Crown property, relative to
    the
    subjct of permitting or licensing of air
    23 conditioning units. The latter has been given
    Exhibit No. 112. The two former documents were
    24 109 and 110. It's my understanding that counsel
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1099
    1 for Respondent has no objection to the admission
    of Exhibit No. 112, being the ordinance that was
    2 in effect at the time of the installation of the
    unit.
    3 MR. CARSON: That's right, we have no
    objection to 112.
    4 THE COURT: 112 will be admitted into
    evidence.
    5 MR. DIVER: We, again, re-offer 109 and
    110, being the ordinance of the Village of
    6
    Winnetka concerning air conditioning units, which
    have been amended since the date of the
    7 installation of the Crown air conditioner, to
    reflect the position of the Village of
    Winnetka
    8 concerning the need to control noise emissions
    from those units, not for the purpose of
    9 establishing that there's been any violation of
    that ordinance. We don't believe there is. We
    10 concede that there has not been, but for the
    purpose of establishing the position of the
    11 Village of
    Winnetka, with respect to noise
    emissions from air conditioning equipment and the
    12 reasonableness of those noise emissions, as
    expressed by ordinance.
    13 MR. CARSON: We're objecting to 109 and
    110 on the basis that it's not relevant what the
    14 position of the Village of
    Winnetka is, by
    ordinance, as to emissions from air conditioning
    15 units. These are ordinances which, on their face,
    came into being in 1995 and/or 1996. And,
    16 therefore, have no relevance whatsoever to this
    installation, which occurred in and was first
    17 operated in 1993.
    MR. DIVER: Your Honor, if I just may
    18 respond briefly. Our response is that, indeed,
    the noise emissions that have been ongoing through
    19 today or at least through August the 16th of 1996
    have been occurring during 1995 and 1996. It was
    20 the expression of the Village of
    Winnetka as to
    what it considers to be
    resonable and what is
    21 necessary to be controlled is most relevant,
    particularly in context of a piece of
    22 correspondence from Mr. Crown in which he
    indicated that he would await the development of
    23 regulations by the Village of
    Winnetka concerning
    the limitations that he would be subject to.
    24 THE COURT: I believe the Board will be
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1100
    1 interested in seeing the ordinance in all its
    permutations and, therefore, the objection is
    2 overruled. Exhibits No. 109 and 110 will be
    entered into evidence.
    3 All right. We have a request this morning
    by Respondents for the production of notes made by
    4 Mr.
    Shelton with respect to certain readings that
    were performed on Mr. Crown's air conditioning
    5 system. And, the first two pages of the notes
    were not at issue. The first two pages of the
    6 notes will be provided to Respondent by agreement
    between the parties. The remainder of those are
    7 Pages 3 through 7. And, briefly, I'll describe
    those. Pages 3 through 7 are personal analysis
    8 notes of Mr.
    Shelton in which he compares and
    contrasts some of the numerical readings of
    9 various noise tests that had been performed, and
    readings of which had been entered into evidence.
    10 However, it also includes conclusions and concerns
    of his with respect to his comparison of these
    11 figures. And, clearly indicates that these notes
    are of a personal nature. And, clearly, it is
    12 apparent that he intended to discuss this with
    counsel with respect to the continuation of the
    13 case. It includes two pages of handwritten notes,
    and it also includes notes that he made on his
    14 personal computer for the same purpose. Those
    will not be discoverable. All right.
    15 MR. DIVER: Thank you, Madam Hearing
    Officer. We'll have copies made of 109, 110 and
    16 112.
    THE COURT: And, the first two pages of
    17 the notes, and then please return these to Mr.
    Shelton.
    18 MS. MOLSON: How many copies?
    THE COURT: Let's make three copies of
    19 the first two pages.
    Would Respondents like to call their
    20 next witness?
    MR. ELLEDGE: Yes, Mr.
    Elfering, please.
    21 R O B E R T P A U L E L F E R I N G,
    after having been first duly sworn on oath,
    22 deposes and testifies as follows:
    DIRECT EXAMINATION
    23 BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    Q Mr.
    Elfering, would you state your full
    24 name, please?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1101
    1 A Robert Paul
    Elfering, Junior.
    Q And, where do you reside?
    2 A 37033 North George Court, Lake Villa,
    Illinois.
    3 Q And, by whom are you employed, sir?
    A Shiner and Associates.
    4 Q And, how long have you been with Shiner
    and Associates?
    5 A It will be six years in November.
    Q In what capacity?
    6 A I'm an acoustical consultant.
    Q How did you prepare yourself to become an
    7 acoustical consultant?
    A Well, I have a Bachelor of Arts in Math
    8 and Physics, and I was employed by USG
    Corporation. We have a research facility in Round
    9 Lake. I was employed by them for 13 years. I've
    been employed by Shiner and Associates for almost
    10 six years, and I've been a registered, licensed
    professional engineer in the State of Illinois
    11 since 1988.
    Q And, are there any specific areas of
    12 which you specialize with regard to your
    employment with Shiner and Associates?
    13 A We do a variety of acoustical work.
    We've worked in concert halls, we've done
    14 environmental studies for traffic noise, for
    mechanical noise sources, for industrial acoustics
    15 within plants. We've worked with architects for
    the design of
    highrise construction, which
    16 involves partition systems and floor-ceiling
    construction, a variety of different acoustical --
    17 Q And, among other things, do you measure
    sound?
    18 A Yes.
    Q What kind of equipment do you normally
    19 use, or what kinds of equipment do you use?
    A Well, we have several types. We had hand
    20 held sound level meters. We have a real time
    analyzer, which is also a sound level meter. But,
    21 it performs all of the frequency analysis at one
    time. The instrument we used, that I used
    22 Thursday night is, the manufacturer is
    Bruel-Kjaer. It's a type 2230 integrated sound
    23 level meter, which means it's accurate to within
    plus or minus one decibel. It has a filter set.
    24 You're measuring in, overall, weighted sound
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1102
    1 levels and sound levels that were filtered into
    octave bands from 1000 to 8000 hertz, per Illinois
    2 Pollution Control Board
    limitatins.
    Q Now, may I ask you if you had occasion to
    3 go to the
    Shelton residence on
    Ardsley in Winnetka
    within the past week?
    4 A On Thursday evening when we did our
    measurements.
    5 Q All right. And, that was Thursday, August
    15th?
    6 A Correct.
    Q And, what time did you arrive and
    7 commence?
    A I arrived approximately 9:00 o'clock,
    8 9:00 p.m., I believe. The measurements lasted
    between roughly 9:30 and 11:30 in the evening.
    9 Q And, would you, once again, tell us the
    equipment that you used to make these
    10 measurements?
    A It was the
    Bruel-Kjaer Type 2230
    11 integrated sound level meter.
    Q And, did you record the -- well, let me
    12 talk--first, let me direct your attention, if I
    may, to what has been marked as Exhibit No. 51.
    13 And, do you, are you able to identify -- are you
    able to recognize what's depicted there?
    14 A Yes. This is, appears to be the Crown
    residence. And this, with the red line, appears
    15 to mark the location of the air conditioning unit.
    Q Why don't you, with respect to the red
    16 line you just spoke of, put a black "X" inside
    that and put Crown
    A.C.
    17 Now, continuing further north on
    that drawing.
    18 A Well, this is the property line which, I
    assume, the fence, there's a stockade fence there.
    19 MR. ELLEDGE: The record will show that
    he's pointing to a dark dashed line. Continue.
    20 A Across from the fence, there's foliage
    and there's the
    Shelton residence. And, this would
    21 be the southeast corner. There's a glass enclosed
    porch or family room. Do you want me to describe
    22 the positions?
    Q Yes, if you would. I'm going to give you
    23 a blue felt pen, and if you would locate--let me
    ask you this. Did you measure more than one
    24 position?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1103
    1 A I measured a total of five different
    positions.
    2 Q Why don't we do them numerically. So, if
    you'd mark Position No. 1?
    3 A Position No. 1 was just to the north of
    the fence, probably around 10 feet, 6 to 10 foot
    4 north of the fence opposite the unit.
    Q All right.
    5 A Position 2 was out on the top patio
    opposite, the
    Shelton's have an outdoor AC
    6 condenser next to the house.
    Q Is that condenser marked on that?
    7 A Well, there's a black circle with an X,
    that it's approximately in that location.
    8 Q Okay.
    A Position 3 was along the fence, but
    9 further east.
    MR. DIVER: That's along the north fence
    10 line.
    A North on the Crown property?
    11 MR. DIVER: Right.
    A Yes. Somewhere here, approximately 50
    12 foot, I would say east of Position No. 1.
    BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    13 Q That's being marked with an X and a No.
    3.
    14 A No. 3. No. 4 was on top or on the roof
    of this glassed-in house addition, along the,
    15 close to the south eve.
    Q You said there was a fifth.
    16 A There was a fifth that was within the
    Crown property. It was on the north side of the
    17 driveway. It looks like it's been, this Position
    A is close to it. I thought it was closer to
    18 this.
    Q We'll put it where you think it is, and
    19 then mark that.
    A Mark that No. 5. And, that was at the
    20 north end of the paved driveway that continues
    around to the back of the house.
    21 Q Okay. Now, how did you get yourself in
    position to measure No. 4?
    22 A We climbed a step ladder, a ladder that
    was put against the house.
    23 Q All right.
    A We stood on the roof. We were
    24 approximately, might be approximately four feet
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1104
    1 above the roof edge.
    Q And, about how far was it from the --
    2 well, were there windows nearby? Did the rest of
    the house have a second floor?
    3 A It had a second floor. We were, I would
    say, roughly 10 foot from that, from the corner of
    4 the main house.
    Q Okay.
    5 A So, I don't anticipate there was
    reflection off of the house back into the
    6 measurement position.
    Q Now, did you measure sound in each of
    7 those positions, at least the first four
    positions, at different times and in different
    8 circumstances?
    A We measured it, noise under maybe four
    9 different operating conditions. We measured at
    positions 1 and 2 with both the Crown AC unit
    10 operating and the
    Shelton unit operating. I have
    a copy of my report. I may need that to refresh
    11 my memory.
    Q Well, let me show you what has been
    12 marked as Respondent's Exhibit No. 9.
    MR. ELLEDGE: Madam Hearing Officer,
    13 disregard the post it note. This is a copy of the
    report the witness has. Would you take a minute
    14 to review what has been identified as Exhibit No.
    9, and then would you tell us what it is?
    15 A Exhibit No. 9 is a letter in which I
    summarized the readings taken on Thursday, August
    16 15th. It describes several different operating
    conditions of the air conditioning unit, and the
    17 measurements taken at the identified measurement
    locations. It lists measurements taken at 1 and
    18 2, the Crown unit operating under what was termed
    the nighttime mode, and with the
    Shelton units on.
    19 Measurements were taken at positions 1 to 4 with
    the Crown unit on and the
    Shelton unit off. The
    20 Crown unit was also operating at nighttime mode.
    There were ambient measurements taken. Ambient,
    21 meaning both units were off and the noise sources
    were whatever was being produced from neighboring
    22 areas. We tried to take the measurements during
    quiet periods. There were aircraft
    flyovers, and
    23 dogs barking, and so forth. But, we tried to take
    the measurements when none of that was happening.
    24 The one sound we could not avoid was, I believe it
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1105
    1 was insects or frogs or something. It was some
    critters were making noise, and that appeared in
    2 the 2000 hertz, primarily. Also, in the 4000
    hertz matter. We also made measurements with the
    3 Crown unit on, the
    Shelton unit off. The Crown
    unit was operating what was called the daytime
    4 mode, at 20 hertz. That pertains to measurement
    Position No. 4.
    5 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, I'm
    going to have to object, at this point, because
    6 there's been no foundation, at this point, as to
    the operating level at which the air conditioners
    7 were being operated. I haven't heard a foundation
    yet, anyway. So, I'm going to object to his
    8 testifying as to their actually operating at that
    level, or if he's just saying whatever level it
    9 was, we're calling it this.
    A This is what it was termed.
    10 THE COURT: Excuse me.
    MR. ELLEDGE: We do have a foundation for
    11 measurements that were taken, and the operating
    mode it was in, and how it is, from the previous
    12 witness, Mr.
    Mautner. And, as far as the specific
    objection is concerned, the report is what it is,
    13 and he's testifying as to what he understood, I
    assume. And, I think there's nothing wrong with
    14 his testimony saying, describing in a
    narrtive
    form what he heard.
    15 MR. DIVER: That clearly isn't, as far as
    we're concerned, Madam Hearing Officer. As long
    16 as what he's saying, what I've written down under
    this column is under this column, I can't testify
    17 what the level was it was actually operating at, I
    don't know that.
    18 THE COURT: Overruled. You may proceed.
    A What I understood to be the Crown unit
    19 operating under daytime mode of 20 hertz, the
    Shelton unit off, was measured at Position 4. I
    20 believe there's an error here with Position 5. I
    believe that's in the wrong location.
    21 Q I want you to take a pen and mark where
    you feel it should have gone.
    22 A I believe it should be under the
    nighttime mode with the
    Shelton unit off. This was
    23 the very last measurement that we took. There was
    two, what they call daytime modes. One was 20
    24 hertz, then it was, I understood it to be cranked
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1106
    1 up to 60 hertz, and set at that.
    Q Let me stop you there. Were you asked to
    2 re-measure certain -- were you asked to
    reconduct
    certain tests at that point?
    3 A After we had measured Position 4, what I
    understood to be daytime mode at 20 hertz, the
    4 unit was, the operating conditions were modified
    to operate daytime mode at 60 hertz, which I
    5 assume to be the most, under the most, the unit
    was under the most load, which should correspond
    6 to the loudest operating mode.
    Q Did you notice any difference in the
    7 unit?
    A Yes, it was louder. It shows in the
    8 measurements.
    Q So, the latter measurement --
    9 A The very last measurements would be under
    the most critical noise producing condition.
    10 THE COURT: Sir, did you testify that
    there's an inaccuracy in that description of that
    11 position, or--is that correct?
    A I'm saying that where it says Position 5
    12 was listed under the wrong heading. It was the
    last measurement taken. I had, I believe, after
    13 measurements 1 through 4 in that last section, I
    think we had thought that the measurements were
    14 over, and I believe they switched back to
    nighttime mode. That's my recollection.
    15 Q You're not absolutely sure?
    A I'm not absolutely sure.
    16 Q But, in any case, Position 5 was the last
    measurement taken.
    17 A And, I believe it was done, I think, I
    believe they had switched back to the nighttime
    18 mode.
    THE COURT: So, what's shown under Crown
    19 unit daytime mode, 20 hertz on,
    Shelton unit off,
    where it says 5, Line 5 really should have been at
    20 the very bottom?
    A It should have been two categories up,
    21 under where it says Crown unit nighttime mode on,
    Shelton unit off.
    22 THE COURT: Okay.
    MR. ELLEDGE: May I show this, please, to
    23 the Hearing Officer?
    MR. DIVER: What's the Exhibit Number on
    24 this,
    Reece?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1107
    1 MR. ELLEDGE: 9.
    THE COURT: All right. The clarification
    2 has been identified on the exhibit.
    BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    3 Q Now, what you have in front of you is
    Exhibit No. 9. Who prepared that?
    4 A I prepared this.
    Q And, does it truly and accurately reflect
    5 the sound measurement recordings that you made on
    the evening in question?
    6 A Yes.
    MR. ELLEDGE: I have no further
    7 questions. But, I would move the introduction of
    this document.
    8 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, if I
    could conduct a small
    voir dire with respect to
    9 these data. Obviously, he did not type these up
    on the spot.
    10 THE COURT: Proceed.
    VOIR DIRE EXAMINATION
    11 BY MR. DIVER:
    Q If I may. Mr.
    Elfering, did you prepare
    12 handwritten notes at the time of the recordation
    of the sound measurement levels?
    13 A I have a handwritten tabulation of the
    data, and there was a heading, and I listed
    14 operating conditions.
    Q Do you have that document with you?
    15 A I do not. I faxed a copy to
    Reece.
    MR. DIVER: Okay. I wonder if we can
    16 have that document marked as an exhibit number.
    You want to mark it yours or ours?
    17 MR. ELLEDGE: Ours. Mark it as
    Respondent's No. 10. You want to take a look at
    18 it?
    MR. DIVER: Sure, please, thank you.
    19 BY MR. DIVER:
    Q Okay. Mr.
    Elfering, the document that
    20 has just been marked as Exhibit No. 10, is that a
    true and correct copy of the handwritten notes
    21 that you made?
    A Yes, sir.
    22 Q On the evening of August the 15th, 1996,
    during these sound measurements?
    23 A Yes.
    Q And, can you tell us whether there's any
    24 information
    contianed on those handwritten notes
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1108
    1 that has not made its way onto the typewritten
    page dated August 16th, 1996, being Exhibit No. 9?
    2 A I don't believe so. I believe all the
    information here is contained in Exhibit No. 9.
    3 Q Okay. And, have you made, yourself, a
    cross-comparison for each of these numeric entries
    4 from the raw copy to the typewritten copy to
    verify that it's, indeed, the same number?
    5 A Yes.
    MR. DIVER: With that, I'd have no
    6 objection, providing 10 and 9 both come in.
    MR. ELLEDGE: I move the introduction of
    7 both 9 and 10.
    THE COURT: Respondent's Exhibits No. 9
    8 and 10 are entered into evidence. Thank you.
    MR. ELLEDGE: I have no further questions
    9 of this witness.
    THE COURT: Do you have
    10 cross-examination?
    MR. DIVER: One moment.
    11 CROSS EXAMINATION
    BY MR. DIVER:
    12 Q Mr.
    Elfering, on Exhibit No. 9,
    Respondent's No. 9, looking at the last mode,
    13 being Crown unit daytime mode, 60 hertz on,
    Shelton unit off. Looking at data set one and
    14 looking particularly at the number under 2000
    hertz.
    15 A Yes.
    Q That number is 42 decibels, is that
    16 correct?
    A Correct.
    17 Q That number itself, as compared against
    the IPCB nighttime standard of 30, is 12 decibels
    18 higher, correct?
    A That number is 12 decibels higher.
    19 Q All right. And, what does, what's the
    significance of the entry of 42 compared to the
    20 nighttime standards of 30?
    A The number is higher. However, it's high
    21 for all locations. And, my belief is that this was
    caused by insect levels or animal life of some
    22 kind.
    Q Is it your belief that the 42 itself is a
    23 recording of insect sound as opposed to the air
    conditioner?
    24 A Yes.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1109
    1 Q Is sound additive in the
    environemnt?
    A Sound is additive. However, you cannot
    2 discriminate between -- I can say that the air
    conditioner was not measurable in that respect
    3 because the sound was dominated by the insect
    level.
    4 Q So, when we look at the section called
    Crown and
    Shelton units off, ambient noise for the
    5 same 2000 hertz level, we see 39. Then, we see 42
    under the --
    6 A Two different locations, for Location 4
    aambient was 39, and Position 4 was the daytime
    7 mode, it was 40, undoubtedly, is variation in the
    animal noise. So, I don't see any significance of
    8 one decibel.
    Q Looking at the same condition that we
    9 looked at initially in the Crown unit daytime
    mode, 60 hertz on,
    Shelton unit off. Looking at
    10 the 63 hertz band, you see an entry of 62.
    A Yes.
    11 Q Which, in and of itself, I guess, to my
    eye, doesn't appear so significant, except as
    12 compared to the two numbers on
    eiither side; that
    is the 54 at the 3100 hertz level, and the 55 at
    13 the 125 hertz level. Is there any possibility,
    within a reasonable degree -- strike that -- is it
    14 probable, within a reasonable degree of scientific
    certainty, that that recordation of a 62 indicates
    15 the finding of a discreet tone?
    A It's possible, I don't know that you
    16 could say it's probable. It's an octave band.
    And, what's registered there as 62 could be due to
    17 either broad band source there, or a discreet
    tone.
    18 Q What's a discreet tone?
    A It would be -- well, a tone is it would
    19 be a single frequency, sound at a single
    frequency, something like a sign wave. A typical
    20 broad band noise has energy at the, over a band of
    frequencies, and that is what mind cannot
    21 discriminate between pure and broad band sound
    within an octave band, whatever an octave band is
    22 registered.
    Q Is there a machine which can measure --
    23 A Sure. You can get a
    Finner Filter
    setting to 1/3rd octave or 1/12th octave, or you
    24 can measure with what's called a FFT, that's a
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1110
    1 transformer machine which will more closely
    pinpoint the individual frequency, FFT analyzer.
    2 Q And what, if anything, is the
    significance of a discreet tone to the human ear?
    3 A Discreet tone might be more noticeable
    than a broad band sound. I believe there's some,
    4 I believe it's -- a discreet tone can be more
    noticeable than a broad band source of sound. To
    5 my ear, I did not detect a discreet tone. The
    sound appeared to be broad band in nature.
    6 Q Okay. Did you, on the evening of the
    test, detect any sound that might be described as
    7 a beating sound?
    A I did not hear a beat, beating sound.
    8 Beating, meaning it's caused by two frequencies
    that are close together. And, the overall
    9 impression might be that it raises and lowers in
    level. I did not hear that.
    10 Q At any of the locations?
    A No.
    11 Q Did anybody at the scene that evening
    bring to your attention that he or she had
    12 experienced a beating sound at one of those
    locations?
    13 A I believe David
    Shelton made some comment
    when we were walking from Position No. 3. I did
    14 not hear that beating.
    Q Would that position have been the
    15 so-called campground position?
    A I'm not sure what you mean by campground.
    16 Position No. 3 was east of Position No. 1.
    Q About 50 feet east?
    17 A Correct.
    Q Okay.
    18 MR. DIVER: No further questions.
    THE COURT: All right. No redirect?
    19 MR. ELLEDGE: No, thank you.
    THE COURT: Off the record for a moment.
    20 (Off the record)
    THE COURT: Back on the record.
    21 MR. ELLEDGE: Would you swear the
    witness, please?
    22 (Witness sworn)
    P E T E R K E L
    L E R
    23 after having been first duly sworn on oath,
    deposes and testifies as follows:
    24 DIRECT EXAMINATION
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1111
    1 BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    Q Would you state your name, sir?
    2 A Peter
    Keller.
    Q And, where do you reside?
    3 A 645 Sunset Lane,
    Glencoe.
    Q And, could you tell us what is your
    4 business or profession?
    A I'm a general contractor.
    5 Q How long have you been a general
    contractor?
    6 A Approximately 12 years.
    Q And, do you have a
    speciality in terms of
    7 types of construction you do?
    A Basically, single family home renovation.
    8 Q In the last 12 years, how many single
    family home renovation projects have you worked
    9 on, approximately?
    A Probably three or four per year, on
    10 average.
    Q So, we can do the math ourselves. Are
    11 you familiar with the residence of Steve and Nancy
    Crown on
    Ardsley?
    12 A Yes, I am.
    Q And, did you have some association with
    13 that residence?
    A Yes, I was general superintendent on that
    14 project.
    Q During what period were you doing so?
    15 A From May 8th of 1992 through March 15th
    of 1995.
    16 Q I'd like to show you what's been marked
    as Exhibit No. 49, which is a letter dated October
    17 11th, 1993. Have you seen that before?
    A Yes, I have.
    18 Q Okay. Do you recall having a meeting,
    prior to that date, with -- first of all, do you
    19 know David and
    Susi Shelton?
    A Yes, I do.
    20 Q And, have you had occasion to meet
    them -- did you have occasion to meet them during
    21 the course of the Crown project?
    A Yes, I did.
    22 Q And, did you have occasion to meet with
    them in early October of 1993?
    23 A Dates are going to be tough, but I met
    with them several times during the course of the
    24 job.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1112
    1 Q All right. Could you describe -- did you
    have occasion, when you met them, both at the same
    2 time, on the Crown property?
    A I think that was just after we had turned
    3 on the air conditioning for the first time, and
    left it running at night.
    4 Q All right. Who was present at that
    meeting?
    5 A Just myself and the
    Sheltons.
    Q Both Mr. And Mrs.
    Shelton?
    6 A That's correct.
    Q And, where did that meeting take place?
    7 A Right at the front door to the property.
    Q And, could you describe that, the
    8 conversation you had or that they had with you?
    Could you describe that meeting?
    9 A Basically, Mr.
    Shelton was concerned with
    the air conditioning. He had informed me that he
    10 was part owner, I believe, of an air conditioning
    firm, if I'm not mistaken, in Ohio, and he asked
    11 me or -- no, actually, he told me that the air
    conditioning unit was about 8 tons, in a question
    12 form. And, I didn't disagree with that. At this
    point, I wasn't going to say anything until I
    13 talked to my boss.
    Q Did you have any conversation with
    14 respect to moving the unit?
    A I think the question was posed to me,
    15 could the unit be placed somewhere else on the
    property. And, yes, it could be placed somewhere
    16 else on the property. But, I built strictly by
    prescription. The unit was placed in a proscribed
    17 spot when I put it there, and I didn't have any
    alternative in the matter. As far as moving it
    18 somewhere else on the property, in construction,
    anything can be done. I could move the house on
    19 the property also. I mean, anything can be done.
    Q All right. Could you tell us, at that
    20 time, what was the status of the HVAC project?
    MR. DIVER: What date are we talking
    21 about?
    MR. ELLEDGE: We're talking the date of
    22 the meeting, which has previously been identified
    early October, 1993.
    23 MR. DIVER: Prior to the letter?
    MR. ELLEDGE: Prior to the letter.
    24 BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1113
    1 Q Now, could you tell me what was the state
    of the HVAC system at about that, in that period,
    2 early October?
    A We fired the units up. We needed the
    3 units running to pull the moisture out of the
    building so we could continue with the millwork.
    4 And, obviously, to fire the units up, we were
    probably at somewhere in 95% completion at that
    5 point.
    Q What other trades were working in the
    6 building at that time?
    A All trades.
    7 Q Could you name, generally, what those
    trades were?
    8 A Well, all mechanical trades were still
    involved, plasterers were still touching up crown
    9
    mouldings, millworkers were installing millwork,
    floormen were installing stone. So, basically, all
    10 trades were still involved.
    Q Was there plumbing involved?
    11 A Yes.
    Q What was the state of the plumbing work?
    12 A At that point, we were roughed in
    mechanically across the board. And, plumbing was
    13 being trimmed out as we completed the tile
    project.
    14 Q What does it mean to be "roughed in"?
    A That means the basic pipes are in place
    15 for the walls to be closed up, and the millwork to
    begin; cabinet placement, countertop placement,
    16 and so forth.
    Q And, what generally is millwork, what is
    17 that? What kind of work is that?
    A Wood.
    18 Q
    Wook working?
    A Right.
    19 Q And, what was the state of the
    millworking at that point?
    20 A It was probably, it was underway, and it
    was probably at something like, right now, I'm
    21 going to guess and say maybe 30%. And, that was
    the, that created the need to keep the air
    22 conditioners on, to pump the moisture out of the
    building.
    23 Q Could you tell me what the state of the
    electrical work was?
    24 A Once again, all mechanical trades were
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1114
    1 roughed in, at that point. And, the electrical was
    being trimmed as we closed up certain walls.
    2 Q What would have been necessary in terms
    of all trades, to have undertaken to relocate the
    3
    chiller unit at that time?
    A Well, the first thing we'd have to do is
    4 go through an engineering study, a feasibility
    study. But, as far as actually relocating it, you
    5 would involve HVAC, plumbing, concrete,
    landscaping, electrical, almost every mechanical
    6 trade would be involved in that procedure.
    Q Would this have been a lengthy process?
    7 A Very lengthy. And, at this point, since
    we are into millwork, very costly. It would have
    8 stopped the job.
    Q To relocate would have stopped the job?
    9 A Or risk the millwork, or the woodwork
    taking on so much moisture, that it would buckle,
    10 bow, and warp.
    Q And, can you make an estimate of what it
    11 would have done to the completion date for the
    job?
    12 A I think the engineering, you know, to
    move that HVAC unit, the engineering and
    13 feasibility studies would take longer than you
    could take, how could you say this, let's see.
    14 Engineering studies, and then move the thing,
    probably add somewhere to a year to the project,
    15 six months to a year, easily.
    Q Okay. In your judgment, would it have
    16 been feasible, at that stage, to have undertaken
    to relocate that unit?
    17 A Feasible?
    Q Feasible. Would it have been practical?
    18 A Not practical. Feasible, probably.
    Practical, no.
    19 Q After that meeting in 1993 that you've
    just described, were any, what steps were taken to
    20 control or reduce the sound from the unit, if you
    recall?
    21 A As I recall, we started with wooden
    fences. Then, we moved into landscaping. Then, we
    22 rotated the unit 90 degrees on its axis. Then, we
    went into sound blanketing on the compressors. And
    23 then, we went into quiet flow panel systems.
    Q Now, let me direct your attention --
    24 those steps that you've mentioned took place over
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1115
    1 a period of time, is that not right?
    A That's correct.
    2 Q Okay. I'd like to direct your attention
    to the summer of 1994, the following year.
    3 A Okay.
    Q On or about the end of June or the
    4 beginning of July, did you have occasion to have
    any conversations with either Mr. or Mrs.
    Shelton?
    5 A I know that the
    Sheltons were over on the
    property a couple of times, taking pictures of the
    6 unit and so forth. I did see them a couple of
    times.
    7 Q During that period that we're talking
    about, which is the June, July period of 1994, was
    8 the project visited by the police?
    A Yes.
    9 Q Can you describe what happened then?
    A Well, there were a couple of incidents of
    10 noise not related to the air conditioning, and
    then there was an incident when the air
    11 conditioning was left on overnight, but I wasn't
    present for that.
    12 Q Did you have occasion, during that
    summer, to visit with the Chief of Police, to meet
    13 with the Chief of Police of
    Wilmette?
    A I did, I met with the Chief of Police to
    14 find out how we could resolve this because --
    Q I'm sorry, I said the wrong name. I think
    15 it's
    Winnetka.
    A Right,
    Winnetka. I met with him to find
    16 out how we could resolve this to leave the unit on
    so I could continue the project.
    17 Q And, where was that meeting? Where did
    that meeting take place?
    18 A At the chief's office.
    Q And, did he direct you to stop the
    19 project?
    A Negative. He indicated to me that it was,
    20 he was only following up on a nuisance complaint,
    and that it was pretty much out of his hands. He
    21 has, there's nothing more he can do than to ask
    everybody to go to neutral corners and go through
    22 legal action, I guess.
    Q Are you familiar with people named Ken
    23 King and Ann
    Kirshner?
    A They're
    Winnetka Village Officials.
    24 Q During any time during that same period,
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1116
    1 June, July of 1994, did you have occasion to meet
    with them?
    2 A Yes.
    Q And, where did that take place?
    3 A I met them both in the Village Hall, and
    on the property.
    4 Q Starting at the Village Hall, what time
    of day was it?
    5 A In the morning.
    Q And, who was present?
    6 A Myself, the Village officials that you
    named, and Steve Crown.
    7 Q And, what did you say, and what was said
    to you?
    8 MR. DIVER: I'll object as to what was
    said to him, Madam Hearing Officer, as being rank
    9 hearsay.
    Q What did you say to them -- yes, what did
    10 you say to them?
    A Well, the meeting was to start the
    11 groundwork for the resolution of this whole
    problem. So, exactly what was said verbatim, I do
    12 not remember.
    Q And, you said that later, I think you
    13 said later, there was, that meeting was adjourned
    and reconvened on the site?
    14 A That's correct.
    Q And, at that point, was the air
    15 conditioner, the Crown air conditioner unit,
    operating?
    16 A Yes, it was turned on for that meeting,
    everybody listened to it. This was before the
    17 quiet flow panels, as I recall. It may have even
    been before the fence, but I'm not sure, to be
    18 honest with you.
    Q All right. In July or in approximately
    19 that period, did you have occasion to meet Al
    Shiner?
    20 A Yes, I met Mr. Shiner.
    Q Could you tell us where that meeting took
    21 place?
    A On the property, on the job site.
    22 Q Do you know approximately what time of
    day?
    23 A It was before lunch, as I recall.
    Q And at that, what was the subject of that
    24 meeting?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1117
    1 A He was there, as a sound engineer, to
    take some readings and come up with some kind of
    2 solution.
    Q And, were some solutions arrived at
    3 during the course of, or as a result of that
    meeting?
    4 A I think that's how we arrived at the
    quiet flow panel introduction.
    5 Q Thereafter, did you have another occasion
    to meet with the
    Sheltons or visit the
    Sheltons?
    6 A Steve Crown and I went over to see the
    Sheltons early one morning. It was a warm summer
    7 morning, and we walked around the property line,
    and over to the
    Shelton's side door. And, I do
    8 remember that, curiously enough, while you were
    standing there and the
    Shelton's air conditioning
    9 unit was on, you really couldn't hear the Crown
    air conditioning unit, which was on. But,
    Susi
    10
    Shelton came to the door, and Steve and I assured
    her that we were taking all steps and making haste
    11 to resolve the problem.
    Q Okay. An air conditioning unit that you
    12 mentioned, where was it located on the
    Shelton
    house, on or near?
    13 A The one that I recall was on the ground,
    just to the west of their side door.
    14 Q Now, thereafter, you referred to quiet
    flow panels. Could you tell me what those are?
    15 A They are --
    MR. DIVER: Objection, no foundation.
    16 MR. ELLEDGE: It was in his testimony.
    I'm asking him to describe his own testimony.
    17 THE COURT: Overruled.
    A They're a steel, they're steel insulated
    18 panels to direct noise.
    Q What, if anything, was done after the
    19 meeting you just described with Mrs.
    Shelton, with
    regard to sound attenuation in relation to the
    20 unit, the Crown unit?
    A What was done, I'm sorry?
    21 Q Yes. Was anything constructed?
    A Well, we went through a lot of different
    22 phases or steps to try and determine which would
    be the best approach to solve the problem.
    23 MR. DIVER: Objection, Madam Hearing
    Officer, to further use of the word "we". I ask
    24 that this witness be instructed to testify about
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1118
    1 what he experienced.
    A When I say "we", I'm talking about myself
    2 and my crew of carpenters. They work directly for
    me. We constructed plywood fences up to 8 feet
    3 tall, took sound readings at various locations on
    the property, changed the height of the plywood
    4 fences. We were trying to enclose the noise and
    direct it upward, and see what that did for the
    5 noise level at the property line, and close to the
    unit.
    6 BY MR. ELLEDGE:
    Q Tell me about, did you employ the quiet
    7 flow panels that you've just mentioned?
    A Yes, they were directed to be installed
    8 by Climate Temp.
    Q What did they, could you describe the
    9 structure that was built?
    A Well, to install the quiet flow panels,
    10 we had to extend the concrete base on the unit,
    and the quiet flow panels are bolted directly to
    11 the concrete base. And, it's a very tight,
    overlapping system that has access doors that you
    12 can disassemble to get to the unit for
    maintenance.
    13 Q Okay. Now, after this structure was
    constructed, was the Crown air conditioning unit
    14 then operating?
    A Yes, it was.
    15 Q Did that enclosure have any noticeable
    impact, as far as you're concerned, on the sound
    16 coming from the unit?
    A Well, I thought it did, yes. I thought
    17 it was much quieter. But, that wasn't the end of
    it. Then, we went to larger --
    18 MR. DIVER: There's no question pending,
    Madam Hearing Officer.
    19 A Sorry, pardon me.
    BY MR. DIVER:
    20 Q What further steps were taken after that?
    A We went to different vegetation. We put
    21 up 16 foot arbor
    vitaes, stacked them very closely
    around the unit, and went to, we tried sound
    22 blankets on the compressors, as I recall.
    Q During the course of this two year
    23 period, were you working closely with Mr. Crown?
    A Absolutely, I reported to him on a daily
    24 basis.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1119
    1 Q And, were you in a position to observe
    what his response was to the various noise
    2 complaints?
    A Yes, he was very concerned about it, and
    3 had made a statement to me, more than once, that
    he wanted to move into this neighborhood with no
    4 disturbance to the residents or his new neighbors
    around him, so that his family could move in, you
    5 know, congenially.
    Q In your judgment, did he take this
    6 problem seriously?
    A Absolutely. I was directed to take all
    7 steps and push all subcontractors in a high gear
    effort to resolve this problem.
    8 MR. ELLEDGE: I have no further
    questions.
    9 THE COURT: Do we have cross-examination?
    MR. DIVER: Yes, Madam Hearing Officer.
    10 CROSS EXAMINATION
    BY MR. DIVER:
    11 Q Mr.
    Keller, you spoke just a moment ago
    about many things. But, one of the things you
    12 spoke about was an event involving the man held
    placement of plywood boards around the
    chiller
    13 unit to determine, presumably, what the effect of
    various heights of plywood boards would be on
    14 sound experienced outside the boards, is that
    correct?
    15 A No, sir, that's not correct. They were
    not man held.
    16 Q Oh, they were put in place?
    A They were fixed, they were stationary. We
    17 built framework and affixed them to the framework.
    Q Good. How many times did you do that?
    18 A Three times, as I recall.
    Q When was the first time that you did
    19 that?
    A Dates are going to be tough here. I'm not
    20 going to be able to quote dates on this.
    Q You've been telling us about an awful lot
    21 so far. If you can do that with precision --
    A I looked up the date I started the job,
    22 and the date I quit the job, those you can take as
    fact. The rest of it's my best recollection. We
    23 have a noise problem here, and it was shortly
    after that noise problem that we started this
    24 panel system because -- actually, now that you
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1120
    1 mention it, it was probably in
    conjucntion with
    Mr. Shiner. Because quiet flow, that's what the
    2 quiet flow system does, it directs the noise and
    air velocity up.
    3 Q That's your understanding of what the
    quiet flow system does, that it directs sound up
    4 through the
    chiller unit?
    A Not through the
    chiller unit, no.
    5 Q Through what?
    A Sound escapes from the
    chiller unit. It
    6 directs sound encased in the quiet flow system,
    up.
    7 Q Up through what?
    A Through nothing, there's no roof on it.
    8 Q What's at the top of the
    chiller unit?
    A Fans.
    9 Q Okay. The fans open to the atmosphere,
    correct?
    10 A That's correct.
    Q So, the sound goes through the fan
    11 openings? No?
    A I would have to say the air velocity goes
    12 through, at least --
    Q What does the quiet flow system do with
    13 respect to the sound going through the fan
    openings?
    14 A The quiet flow system is not tall enough
    to, I think, do much of anything with the air
    15 going through.
    Q Okay. Let's get back to the
    16 experimentation with the plywood boards. I had
    asked you when, relative to your first hearing
    17 about a noise complaint, when, relative to that
    event, did you first experiment with placement of
    18 various sizes of plywood board around the
    chiller
    unit to see what their effect would be on sound?
    19 A Well, I think that the first thing that
    was done was Mid/
    Res was notified of the sound
    20 problem. And, at some point, Mid/
    Res probaby
    directed me or suggested that we try this as an
    21 experiment to see if panels would do any good.
    Q Okay. Do you recall that being fairly
    22 close upon the heels of your being told of a noise
    complaint?
    23 A Well, it had to be, because there was no
    fence around it, and we had put a fence around it.
    24 We put vegetation around it. And so, these things
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1121
    1 were not there, in our way.
    Q When you say you put a fence, you put
    2 some kind of fence around it later on?
    A Stockade fence, that's correct.
    3 Q This would be a cedar stockade fence,
    about six and a half feet tall?
    4 A Yes.
    Q Part of the original design of the
    5
    condensor unit was to screen it visually from the
    residents of the house, as well as others?
    6 A And, to muffle the sounds, I'm sure.
    Q Was it also intended to muffle the sound?
    7 A Sure, I would think so.
    Q Do you recall whether or not the fence,
    8 as designed, had any insulation on the interior
    portion so of it?
    9 A No.
    Q It did not have?
    10 A No.
    Q Okay. Coming back, again, to the timing
    11 of the first incident with the placement of the
    plywood boards. I asked you whether that was
    12 fairly soon on following the complaint of noise
    that you knew about. I'm going to show you a
    13 document, which has been previously identified as
    Exhibit No. 78, and admitted into evidence, being
    14 a letter from Jack
    Doshi to you dated September
    21, 1993. Ask you to look at that, if you would.
    15 A Okay.
    Q Do you recall getting this letter?
    16 A I recall it. I got letters, a lot of
    letters from Jack.
    17 Q I'm sure you did. I'm sure you did. You
    recall him telling you he was going to be about
    18 the business of renting some sound measuring
    equipment for the purpose of measuring the sound
    19 which was
    eminating from the air conditioning
    unit. You recall his doing that?
    20 A I know that Mid/
    Res was going to do that,
    yes, sir.
    21 Q And, that he reported that to you,
    correct? And, the date here is September 21,
    22 1993. When, relative to that date, would you have
    been advised first of a complaint by the
    Sheltons
    23 of noise from this system? When, prior to this
    particular communication about measuring sound,
    24 would you have been told the
    Sheltons complained?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1122
    1 A I don't know that, I don't know what the
    answer is to that question, to be honest with you.
    2 I don't know the date of the original complaint.
    Q Would it have been this month, the month
    3 of September of 1993?
    A You got me.
    4 Q Okay. Do you recall when the unit was
    actually installed and fired up; that is, when it
    5 first began operating?
    A No, I don't recall the exact date.
    6 Q Was it much before September of 1993?
    A No, I don't think it was much before
    7 that. But, I know it was hot and muggy, so we're
    on the right track. I mean, it was a necessity of
    8 having the unit to, you know --
    Q Do you recall actually being involved in
    9 a sound measurement event at the
    chiller unit
    shortly after you received this letter from Mr.
    10
    Doshi in September of 1993?
    A I was present when Mid/
    Res came out and
    11 took sound measurements on the property.
    Q Do you recall participating in the sound
    12 measurements at all?
    A I did not. I was just, I was running the
    13 job at the time. I was in and out of that. I had
    carpenters, you know, if we were raising and
    14 lowering the wood at that time, we started with
    four foot barricades and we went up to 8 foot
    15 barricades. So, I was directing the carpenters.
    Q Do you recall this taking a couple of
    16 days to do; that is, that the experimentation with
    four foot, six foot, and eight foot panels
    17 occurred over a two-day period?
    A No, I don't. I recall one day. I don't
    18 recall a couple of days, but it's possible, I
    supposed.
    19 Q I'm going to show you a document which
    has previously been identified -- marked, excuse
    20 me, as Exhibit No. 81 and ask you to look at that,
    if you would, and tell me whether or not the
    21 markings on that diagram are, in any respect, in
    your hand?
    22 A Yes.
    Q Are those numbers in your hand?
    23 A Some of them look like they are, but
    these are not my 8's.
    24 Q What about the notation?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1123
    1 A I think these, some of these side numbers
    are, you know, but I don't make a 8 like this.
    2 Somebody else made some of these notations.
    Q You also see a fax note on that diagram?
    3 A Yes, I do. Yes.
    Q Indicating October 6th, 1993?
    4 A Yes.
    Q Do you recall faxing that document to
    5 somebody on or about October 6th, 1993?
    A I may have faxed it, yes.
    6 Q Do you recall faxing it to somebody?
    A Oh, certainly, I probably did. We had a
    7 fax in the office.
    Q Who did you fax it to?
    8 A I probably would have faxed this to
    Mid/
    Res and faxed it to Steve Crown.
    9 Q Okay.
    A All parties concerned.
    10 Q Okay. Do you recall actually
    participating in the reading of the noise
    11 measuring equipment; that is, actually looking at
    the numbers that were shown on the noise measuring
    12 equipment, and then recording them in these
    columns?
    13 A No, I think the closest I got was with a
    gentleman named Harry
    Akers. And, I was standing
    14 next to him, and he was holding a unit.
    Q Do any of these numbers appear to be
    15 numbers that you entered on the actual diagram?
    A Well, that's pretty tough to say. You
    16 know, some of them could be my numbers. I mean, I
    probably was standing there and writing down what
    17 they told me, you know. I was helping out in any
    way I could.
    18 Q Do you remember a gentleman by the name
    of John Gazelle being present?
    19 A Yes, he was the head mechanic for Mid/
    Res
    that installed the system.
    20 Q Do you recall ever having seen what has
    been previously marked as Exhibit 80 C?
    21 A I've seen this.
    MR. DIVER: Okay. Madam Hearing Officer,
    22 before I forget, let me move the introduction of
    Exhibit No. 81 into evidence.
    23 MR. CARSON: I just don't recall what
    other foundation there was. Was there any other
    24 testimony regarding Exhibit No. 81, other than
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1124
    1 what we just heard? If that's all, I don't
    recall --
    2 MR. DIVER: Other than the fact that a
    less clear copy of it appears in John Gazelle's
    3 testimony as it's being admitted, Exhibit No. 80
    B.
    4 THE COURT: Yes, Exhibit No. 81 has not,
    per se, been introduced into evidence
    untiltoday.
    5 MR. DIVER: This is Exhibit 80 B and this
    is, apparently --
    6 THE COURT: Exhibit 80 Sub B was entered
    into evidence for a limited purpose on July 12th.
    7 MR. DIVER: We now have the author of at
    least a large part of this document, and a clearer
    8 copy of it, also indicating the date of it, and
    indicating the transmission of it. And, that's why
    9 I'm moving for its admission, Madam Hearing
    Officer, as a separate document.
    10 MR. CARSON: I don't believe these are
    the same numbers that are in there, or the same
    11 document. If you look here, under six foot fence,
    four sides, it looks like a 58. And here, it's a
    12 58.3. And, it appears to be in different hand.
    MR. DIVER: Okay. Let me ask this
    13 witness -- you're right, it does.
    MR. CARSON: Yes, no, they are.
    14 THE COURT: I have a related question.
    Mr.
    Keller, are you the author of this document?
    15 A I set up the format. I set up the grid
    pattern and --
    16 THE COURT: Who would have filled it in?
    A Probably the gentlemen that were doing
    17 the sound tests.
    THE COURT: And, who were those
    18 gentlemen?
    A As I recall, it was Harry
    Akers and John
    19 Gazelle. It was Mid/Res. It was their team.
    THE COURT: Okay. Proceed,
    counsellor.
    20 BY MR. DIVER:
    Q Showing you now what's been previously
    21 marked as Exhibit No. 80 B. Looking at the
    numbers on that document, do those numbers appear
    22 to be in your hand at all?
    A No.
    23 Q Okay. So, those numbers aren't in your
    hand?
    24 A I don't think so, no, no, sir.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1125
    1 Q But, you believe that the numbers on
    Exhibit No. 81 --
    2 A I think that the perimeter, actually, not
    even the perimeter. I don't make 8's like this.
    3 These are not my 8's, but I did write property
    line, front door, adjoining property, I set up the
    4 grid pattern and was trying to assist, yes.
    Q Do you recall when you actually did that
    5 on site?
    A Well, let's shoot for on or about October
    6 6th.
    Q Okay.
    7 MR. DIVER: I would move, again, Madam
    Hearing Officer, that this document be admitted as
    8 being information that had been transmitted, by
    this particular witness, to Mid/
    Res and to Steven
    9 Crown with respect to the noise readings that
    occurred on or about October 6th or 7th, according
    10 to other witnesses.
    MR. CARSON: We're objecting to this
    11 because there's no foundation with respect to the
    measurement. Your Honor may recall the, at least
    12 one of the gentlemen that was operating the
    equipment was here, and he didn't know what it
    13 was, how to calibrate it, had never done it
    before. The measurements themselves, there's just
    14 no foundation for it.
    MR. DIVER: Madam
    Heairng Officer, if
    15 that's the objection, similarly, to the other
    document, I'll restrict its utilization to being
    16 information that was communicated, not for the
    proof of establishing that these are, indeed,
    17 proper numbers read by an IPCB proper piece of
    equipment in a proper protocol, but that these
    18 were numbers that were communicated by this
    witness to the Respondent.
    19 THE COURT: To the Respondent?
    MR. DIVER: To Steven Crown.
    20 THE COURT: Mr.
    Keller, was that your
    testimony?
    21 A Well, I mean, I set up the grid pattern
    and I was assisting Mid/
    Res in taking the sound
    22 readings. What I know of sound readings is
    nothing. But, I was trying to assist, yes.
    23 THE COURT: Who did you send it to?
    A I probably -- well, obviously, it was on
    24 file in my office. And, I would assume that I
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1126
    1 sent it to Mid/
    Res probably to -- well, I mean,
    that was the only company that was really involved
    2 at the time.
    THE COURT: Would you also have sent it
    3 to Mr. Crown?
    A Well, it would be in my office, if I
    4 didn't send it to him, it's in my office. So,
    he's privy to everything that's there. But, I
    5 mean, whether I sent it to Steve's office, I don't
    know. Actually, at that point in time, I really
    6 think it was a Mid/
    Res issue because we were
    looking to Mid/
    Res to quiet this thing. They
    7 installed it.
    THE COURT: Okay. Then, that I think my
    8 question clarifies your limitation for its
    introduction. Is there an objection to that, to
    9 the introduction of it as an exhibit, with that
    limitation?
    10 MR. CARSON: Yes, we object to it because
    there's no
    fondation for the numbers themselves.
    11 And, without any foundation for the numbers
    themselves, the document doesn't have any meaning.
    12 It's
    unuseable. I don't think it's, there's a
    sufficient foundation laid for it. We don't even
    13 know how this document was created.
    THE COURT: The objection is overruled,
    14 and the document will be entered into evidence.
    The Board will determine the weight of the
    15 evidence.
    BY MR. DIVER:
    16 Q Ask you now to look at Exhibit No. 80 C,
    and ask you if you've ever seen that drawing
    17 before?
    A Yes, I have.
    18 Q Okay. Any part of that drawing in your
    hand?
    19 A No.
    Q Okay. Do you recall having seen that
    20 drawing at or about the time that it was made?
    A Well, I've seen the drawing. I don't know
    21 exactly when I saw it, but I have seen it.
    Q Okay. Were you present at the time that
    22 gentleman by the name of John Gazelle prepared it?
    A Well, I was on the job site.
    23 Q Okay. Do you recall seeing it at the time
    that it was being prepared during the tests for
    24 noise, on or about October 7th of 1993?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1127
    1 A No. I wasn't, I didn't hang around and
    take part in this because, number one, I don't
    2 know anything about it. And, number two, it's a
    18,000 square foot project, and I was very busy.
    3 Q No, I understand that. But, my question
    was --
    4 A I knew it was going on, I know that they
    were doing it.
    5 Q And, they were using your carpenters for
    the purpose of putting up the boards?
    6 A That's correct.
    Q And, did somebody report to you as to
    7 what the consequence of, in sound testing was?
    A Well, even if they had told me the
    8 decibel numbers, I wouldn't know whether it was
    good, bad, or indifferent. I do recall the noise
    9 from overhead jets, and we're right under a
    traffic pattern at that point. And, I thought that
    10 that was something that should be taken into
    account.
    11 Q But, did
    sombody report to you the
    consequences of the test, other than in decibels,
    12 even in terms of the amount of noise from the
    equipment, or the effect of the placement of the
    13 plywood boards?
    A I'm sure somebody told me that it was a
    14 couple of points up, down, or around, yes, sir.
    Q Do you recall what it was that they
    15 reported to you?
    A No, I did not.
    16 Q Is it your recollection that this noise
    measurement occurred prior to the time that you
    17 met with Mr. and Mrs.
    Shelton for the first time
    at their doorstep?
    18 A I didn't meet at their doorstep. I only
    met Mrs.
    Shelton at the doorstep with Steve Crown.
    19 Q Okay. Where did you meet Mr. and Mrs.
    Shelton on or about October 11th or just before
    20 their October 11th letter?
    A They came over to the property and were
    21 looking at the unit, and I came out and met them.
    Q Okay. Is it your recollection that prior
    22 to the time that you met them, that these noise
    measurements had already been taken?
    23 A No, sir, I don't think so.
    Q Your recollection is that the noise
    24 measurements occurred after you met with them?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1128
    1 A Well, I guess I can't answer that
    question, I'm sorry.
    2 Q Do you recall that the noise measurements
    occurred before the October 11th, 1993 letter that
    3 kind of began your testimony?
    A I'm sorry, I can't answer, I don't know.
    4 Q Do you recall ever reporting any to Mr.
    and Mrs. Crown in any of these conversations,
    5 October of 1993, the consequences of the noise
    testing that was done?
    6 A The contents?
    Q The consequences, what was learned from
    7 the noise testing?
    A No. I'm sure that Mid/
    Res was reporting
    8 directly --
    Q To the
    Sheltons?
    9 A No, to Mr. Crown.
    Q All right. Did you tell Mr. and Mrs.
    10
    Shelton, at any time during October of 1993, in
    any of your meetings that you may have had with
    11 them, or conversations, about the fact that noise
    testing had been done early in the month of
    12 October?
    A If they had asked me, I probably would
    13 have told them I don't recall.
    Q Do you recall offering that information
    14 to them?
    A I only met with them a couple of times.
    15 I don't know that noise testing came up in
    conversation.
    16 Q Okay. You recall the actual
    configuration of the plywood boards around the
    17
    chiller unit, where they were with respect to the
    various faces of the
    chiller itself?
    18 A Yes. All four sides.
    Q Okay. At about what distance were these
    19 plywood boards located from the actual respective
    chiller faces?
    20 A It would have been just over the edge of
    the concrete pad, which puts them at roughly
    21 inside two feet off the
    chiller.
    Q Now, the location that had been
    22 established for erecting those plywood boards,
    that was not the location, was it, for the fence
    23 that was to go around the unit?
    A The fence was basically far enough away
    24 from the
    chiller so the service man could get to
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1129
    1 it on 360 degrees.
    Q Right. But, my recollection -- strike
    2 that -- was the actual proposed fence that was
    supposed to go around the unit, further away from
    3 the
    chiller faces than the location where you put
    the plywood boards?
    4 A Yes, probably by about a foot or so.
    Q Is it your understanding, from the
    5 experimentation with the plywood boards, that this
    6
    7
    8
    9
    10
    11
    12
    13
    14
    15
    16
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1230
    1 was their intention, to actually erect some kind
    of pen around the system to quiet it?
    2 A Well, that's what I assumed. What we
    were doing was trying to figure out a way to quiet
    3 it, yes.
    Q When was a pen ultimately put around the
    4 facility; that is, a pen whose function it was to
    actually attenuate the sound?
    5 A Quiet flow system.
    Q Yes.
    6 A Probably the following, I'm going to
    guess here the following spring or --
    7 Q Would the spring of 1995 ring a bell?
    A I'm trying to think if we assembled that
    8 during the winter or not, but I'm sorry, I can't
    tell you.
    9 Q Do you recall whether the quite flow
    system was actually installed after the Shiner
    10 test of the sound from this system in July of
    1994?
    11 A Well, that was -- I'm sorry, I can't
    recall. I know that the whole procedure was long
    12 and drawn out. Answers come very slowly.
    Q Okay. Would you consider it to be an
    13 incorrect statement in the fall of 1993, that's
    September, October, November of 1993, an incorrect
    14 statement to say that the air conditioning system
    was not necessary because there was no millwork to
    15 preserve and protect?
    A Yes, I think that's incorrect.
    16 Q Is there a possibility that you're
    incorrect on your attention of the years in which
    17 the millwork became an issue. Is it possible that
    the millwork issue is a 1994 summer issue and not
    18 a 1993 issue?
    A The only thing I can remember, the one
    19 thing I do remember is the fact that I needed the
    air conditioning system, and when we fired it up,
    20 I needed it at that point. That much, I remember.
    See, the floors go in first. So, before the
    21 millwork goes in, in certain rooms like the family
    room, which is wall-to-wall millwork, and the
    22 kitchen, which is wall-to-wall cabinets, the
    floors had to go down first. And, to get the
    23 moisture out of the building, so we could put the
    floors in, we needed the air conditioning system.
    24 And, in fact, we didn't have it, and we put it
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1231
    1 down and the floors did buckle. So, I do remember
    that by the time the air conditioning system went
    2 on, I was in desperate need of it.
    Q Do you recall that buckling issue
    3 occurring in the late spring, early summer of
    1994?
    4 A No, earlier than that, I believe.
    Q Showing you now what's an unmarked
    5 document, entitled Draft, with a date July 8th,
    1994. That, again, it says the following is from
    6 Pete
    Keller. I'd like you to look at this
    document, and tell me if that document was first
    7 prepared by you.
    A Well, it wasn't prepared by me, no.
    8 Q All right. Would you review the
    information that's contained in it, and tell me if
    9 it refreshes your recollection as to the timing of
    the issue with the floor buckling?
    10 A My recollection on dates is pretty vague,
    so it sounds to me like the timing could be right.
    11 It's summertime. The floor did buckle.
    Q But, in 1994, not 1993, is that your
    12 recollection now?
    A All right, that's fine.
    13 Q Okay. Were you responsible for the
    landscaping in the sense that, responsible for the
    14 whole job? Was landscaping one of the
    responsibilities that you had as the general
    15 contractor?
    A No.
    16 Q Who was responsible for that, as best you
    understand?
    17 A Scott Byron.
    Q And, to whom did Mr. Byron report?
    18 A Steve Crown.
    Q Okay. So, he did not report to or through
    19 you?
    A No.
    20 Q Do you, then, know what Scott
    Byron's
    plan was for providing a visual screen around the
    21
    chiller unit in October of 1993?
    A I'd seen a couple of renditions of what
    22 was going on
    on the paper.
    Q Okay. In October of 1992, what was your
    23 recollection, or what's your recollection that the
    design by Byron was for landscaping activities
    24 around the
    chiller unit?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1232
    1 A Actually, I don't think, in October of
    1993, I had anything to do with it, or knew
    2 anything of it, in that early stage. I had just
    started that spring, and that was the last thing
    3 on my mind, at that point, believe me.
    Q When do you recall first becoming
    4 involved with the landscaping aspect of this
    development?
    5 A I never became involved in it.
    Q When did you first become cognizant of
    6 what it was that the landscapers were doing or
    planning? When, in the process of your
    7 involvement?
    A Somewhere during the course of my job,
    8 what would you like?
    Q A time.
    9 A
    A time.
    Q
    Uh huh.
    10 A Somewhere between 7:00 and 3:30.
    Q Okay. I'm talking about now, a date.
    11 A Well, I'm sorry, I mean, I had seen -- I
    was not invited into the landscaping. But, did I
    12 see plans, I may have glanced at some plans, yes.
    It was not in the scope of my contract.
    13 Q When you first recall seeing a plan, with
    respect to the nature of the landscaping around
    14 the
    condensor unit, what was that plan?
    A I don't know that I saw a plan, I just, I
    15 was told that we were going to stand 16 foot arbor
    vitaes around, and also told that we were going to
    16 stand 16 foot arbor
    vitaes on the north property
    line, full length of the property line, which we
    17 did.
    Q Do you have any knowledge whether or not
    18 that was a part of the plan for landscaping, prior
    to the noise complaint from the
    Sheltons?
    19 A I was under the impression it was a
    direct result.
    20 Q Who do you recall being the source of the
    suggestion that a planting of arbor vitae would
    21 diminish sound being experienced on the
    Shelton
    property?
    22 A I don't recall anybody saying that that
    would diminish sound. I don't recall that.
    23 Q When do you first recall having a --
    strike that -- when do you first recall having
    24 knowledge of a proposed fence as opposed to an
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1233
    1 acoustical enclosure, some kind of a fence around
    the
    chiller unit?
    2 A The fence around the
    chiller unit and the
    fence on the property line went hand-in-hand.
    3 Q Okay. Had there been a fence proposed
    for the
    chiller unit before the sound, before the
    4 noise complaint by the
    Sheltons?
    A I think there was, to screen it so you
    5 wouldn't see it.
    Q Right. And, was there any change made to
    6 that fence after the noise complaint?
    A Yes. We put a stockade fence the full
    7 length of the north property line.
    Q Other than the property line fence, I'm
    8 talking about the fence around the
    chiller unit
    itself, was there any change in it from what had
    9 been proposed as a screen, to something with
    respect to noise control?
    10 A No, not to my recollection.
    Q Now, I'm showing you now what have
    11 previously been marked and admitted, Exhibits 101
    and 27, being a document from Jack
    Doshi to Chuck
    12
    Himes with a c.c. to you. And, an attachment to
    that fax being a Jack
    Doshi diagram of 10-5-92.
    13 The first being Exhibit No. 101, the second being
    Exhibit No. 7. I ask if you would look at that,
    14 please. Tell me whether or not you recall
    receiving those two documents.
    15 A Okay. I think I remember these.
    Q Okay.
    16 A Yes.
    Q Asking you to look at what has been
    17 marked as Exhibit No. 27 first, Item 2 at the
    bottom.
    18 A
    Uh huh.
    Q That asks the question, will there be any
    19 insulation in this wall or fence? Do you recall
    reading that sentence at or about the time you
    20 received it?
    A Probably, yes, sir.
    21 Q Do you recall whether there was to be any
    insulation in that fence at that time?
    22 A Not to my knowledge.
    Q You understood
    insultation to be sound
    23 insulation?
    A Sound attenuating material of some kind.
    24 Q Thank you. I'm showing you what has been
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1234
    1 previously marked and admitted as Exhibit No. 103,
    being a memo from Jack
    Doshi to you with an
    2 attached diagram. And then, Exhibit No. 104, which
    has been admitted. And, I'll ask you to look at
    3 those, if you would.
    A Okay.
    4 Q Do you recall receiving the memo from Mr.
    Doshi with the diagram?
    5 A Yes, this was in regard to turning the
    unit 90 degrees.
    6 Q Right, right. But, you recall receiving
    that memo from him, and the diagram?
    7 A Well, I see it now, yes.
    Q Let's look at Exhibit No. 104. Any of
    8 your handwriting on that document?
    A The dimensions, he asked me for
    9 dimensions.
    Q Okay. And, dimension were written down by
    10 you, and transmitted back by fax to Mr.
    Doshi,
    correct?
    11 A I think so, yes, sir.
    Q Okay. And, would you have any reason to
    12 have put the wrong dimensions down on this
    document?
    13 A No.
    Q Showing you now what's been admitted as
    14 Exhibit No. 31, purporting to be a letter from
    Gary
    Elfering to you dated March 7th, 1994,
    15 concerning some proposed changes to the HVAC
    system.
    16 A Okay.
    Q Asking you if you recall receiving that
    17 document?
    A I recall receiving it.
    18 Q Do you recall receiving a proposal with
    respect to changes to the HVAC system necessitated
    19 by the
    Shelton noise complaint?
    A Yes -- say it again, sir.
    20 (WHEREUPON, the record was read by
    the Court Reporter.)
    21 A I remember that Mid/
    Res was trying to
    solve the noise problem.
    22 Q Look at the proposals that are indicated
    there.
    23 A I see it, sound blanketing, which burned
    up the compressors. I remember that, yes.
    24 Q When do you recall the sound blanketing
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1235
    1 was put on, after this proposal to you?
    A I can't tell you, I'm sorry, I can't tell
    2 you. The job spanned three years. I'm not going
    to be able to tell you when these dates were or
    3 what, you know. I remember the problem, and I
    remember the steps we took to alleviate the
    4 problem. I know that the blanketing, I believe,
    was put on -- well, it didn't take long to burn up
    5 the compressor. The blanketing smothered the
    compressor. It overheated and burned up, I
    6 remember that.
    Q So, it was removed?
    7 A It was, the blanketing, correct. It had
    to be.
    8 Q That would have been in 1994?
    A Here we go again.
    9 Q If you don't recall, all you have to say
    is you don't recall.
    10 A Okay. I don't recall, sorry.
    Q I'm not here to make you think of things.
    11 MR. CARSON: Ms.
    Edvenson, may --
    THE COURT: I'd like to go off the record
    12 for a five minute recess.
    (WHEREUPON, a short recess was
    13 taken.)
    AFTER RECESS
    14 THE COURT: We've had our afternoon
    break, and we'll go back on the record and
    15 continue the cross-examination of Mr.
    Keller.
    BY MR. DIVER:
    16 Q Mr.
    Keller, do you recall that the sound
    insulation and the compressor blanket were
    17 actually installed in the
    chiller unit itself, at
    the time of the sound test in early October of
    18 1993?
    A I do not recall the exact timing. I do
    19 recall the product and seeing the product
    installed. I don't recall the exact time, whether
    20 it was before the test or after the test, I'm
    sorry.
    21 Q My question is whether you recall Mid/
    Res
    telling you, before they sent you this proposal
    22 for work to be done in March of 1994, whether they
    told you before that, March of 1994, that they had
    23 seven months earlier, already installed the
    insulation in the unit?
    24 A No, I don't recall that.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1236
    1 Q Do you recall that being the fact, that
    they had installed the insulation in this
    chiller
    2 unit -- not 7 months, let's see, 5 months before
    this letter to you?
    3 A I'm sorry, no, I do not recall one way or
    the other.
    4 Q Okay. Showing you now what has been
    previously marked as Exhibit No. 68 and admitted
    5 as such. Ask you to look at that document, if you
    would. Ask you first, if the first page of that
    6 document is in your hand?
    A Yes, it is.
    7 Q And, this would be a document that you
    sent to Mid/
    Res on July 12th, 1994?
    8 A Right.
    Q Do you recall this being on the day of or
    9 immediately after a
    metting where Brad
    Mautner was
    present and yourself, to discuss a solution to the
    10 noise problem?
    A There was a meeting, and it was about the
    11 noise, and this was a, this was my rendition of
    how to solve it.
    12 Q All right. Was this particular rendition,
    this diagram, something that was the subject of
    13 discussion, if not as a diagram, as a concept, at
    that meeting?
    14 A Yes, it was discussed, yes.
    Q All right. And, part of that concept
    15 involved, as you indicate here, on Page 1, that
    you're shooting for a full roof cover, less the
    16
    chiller area, correct?
    A That's correct.
    17 Q Okay. I'm showing you now what has been
    previously marked as Exhibit No. 34, being a
    18 letter from Alan Shiner to David
    Shelton on which
    you're shown as c.c. of the same date, July 12,
    19 1994. Ask you to look at the letter and at the
    diagram that's attached to it.
    20 A Okay.
    Q Ask you to compare the diagram that I've
    21 shown you in Exhibit No. 68 with the diagram in
    Exhibit No. 34.
    22 A Okay.
    Q Are there any changes, are there any
    23 differences in the two documents?
    A Acoustical baffles, fiberglass lining,
    24 sound, the sound bats were there, but there are
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1237
    1 some additional sound bats, I see those.
    Q All right. You see over the three fans
    2 on Exhibit No. 34 an indication of acoustical
    baffles, correct?
    3 A Yes.
    Q Was it your understanding, at the meeting
    4 with Mr.
    Mautner, that the subject of putting
    acoustical baffles over the fans themselves was a
    5 discussion item?
    A Yes.
    6 Q Okay. That over the rest of the
    chiller
    unit, which is described as the area called "flat"
    7 on your diagram, the rest of that was to be a
    solid cover, is that correct?
    8 A Yes, that was my idea.
    Q Was that shared by anybody else at the
    9 meeting?
    A Well, I was shot down on it because of
    10 breathing capacity for the unit.
    Q You were shot down, on this day, on this
    11 document?
    A No -- well, no. Shortly after I drew
    12 this, I was told that, you know, the unit is going
    to choke itself off. It's not going to have
    13 enough breathing capacity.
    Q And, who told you that?
    14 A I don't know if it was Gary
    Elfering or
    Harry
    Akers or somebody at Mid/Res. They just
    15 thought it wasn't such a good idea.
    Q What about the sound bats that are shown
    16 on Exhibit No. 34 that are not shown on the roof
    line of your Exhibit No. 68? Do you recall that
    17 those sound bats on the roof line were a
    discussion item at the meeting with Mr.
    Mautner?
    18 A Sound attenuating material inside the
    structure was a discussion.
    19 Q Right. What about sound attenuation
    material in a rooftop structure?
    20 A Well, obviously, they added it.
    Q All right. But, was that something that
    21 was discussed at the meeting that you had with Mr.
    Mautner, in which you discussed solutions to the
    22 problem?
    A No, I don't think it was discussed
    23 originally, or I probably would have drawn it on
    here. It looks like it was added after the fact.
    24 Q All right. The two documents are dated
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1238
    1 the same date, July 12th, am I correct?
    A They are, yes.
    2 Q The difference being one is from you and
    one is from Mr. Shiner, correct?
    3 A Okay.
    Q When you received Mr. Shiner's diagram,
    4 did you call him and tell him hey, those weren't
    things that we discussed, those additions he made?
    5 A No, he's the engineer.
    Q And, your testimony is, as best you
    6 recall it, you don't know who it was with Mid/
    Res
    who shot down the idea of the rooftop cover, is
    7 that correct?
    A I just remember somebody telling me that
    8 this unit has to breathe, you know, and we're
    going to need more air movement.
    9 Q Do you recall when, relative to this
    discussion of July 12, 1994, that communication
    10 was made to you, even if you don't remember who
    did it?
    11 A Well, I mean, I drew it with the best of
    intention, thinking that would be the way to
    12 enclose the unit and make it quieter. And,
    obviously, we didn't build that because I'm not an
    13 engineer, and it wasn't going to work, I guess.
    Q Was a rooftop unit discussed in the July
    14 11th or 12th meeting?
    A Rooftop, on the top of the house?
    15 Q Rooftop, on the top of the
    chiller unit,
    some kind of housing over the top.
    16 A Oh, baffling.
    Q Baffling.
    17 A Yes, baffling was discussed, that's
    correct.
    18 Q Was there a
    concensus, among the people
    that were there, that that was something that
    19 ought to be tried?
    A No. As far as I remember, the
    concensus
    20 was that you would slow the flow of air down.
    Q At the meeting that you drew this diagram
    21 in response to?
    A At the time that was drawn, baffling was
    22 the idea.
    Q Okay.
    23 A But, the follow up was that not only the
    flat roof, but baffles over the fans would choke
    24 the unit off.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1239
    1 Q Do you recall why the people who were
    having the discussion about baffles, including
    2 yourself, why there was that discussion about
    having some kind of control mechanism over the
    3 fans themselves?
    A They were trying to quiet the wind, air
    4 velocity.
    Q Was there discussion, at that time, that
    5 the fans were, at least at that time, the lowest
    single element of the system?
    6 A No, I think that low velocity noise was
    the biggest concern at the time.
    7 Q And, the low velocity noise was coming
    from?
    8 A The compressors.
    Q And, how was the low velocity noise to be
    9 controlled, as best you understand it?
    A I think, with the, eventually, through
    10 the quiet flow panels.
    Q That would be the panels on the side of
    11 the
    chiller unit?
    A Right.
    12 Q And the enclosure around the sides?
    A That's right.
    13 Q Showing you what's been previously marked
    as Exhibit No. 23, and ask if you would look at
    14 that document, please, sir.
    THE COURT: This is the first
    15 introduction of Exhibit No. 23?
    MR. DIVER: Yes. I believe it is, Madam
    16 Hearing Officer.
    BY MR. DIVER:
    17 Q Do you recall that communication, and the
    documents that are attached to it?
    18 A Yes.
    Q And, you actually signed it and accepted
    19 it on September 9th, 1994?
    A Right.
    20 Q This is the cost package for the quiet
    flow panels that you've described?
    21 A That's correct.
    MR. DIVER: Move the introduction of
    22 Exhibit No. 23, your Honor.
    THE COURT: Is there an objection?
    23 MR. ELLEDGE: No objection.
    THE COURT: It will be entered into
    24 evidence. Exhibit No. 23 is entered into evidence.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1240
    1 BY MR. DIVER:
    Q I'm showing you what's been previously
    2 marked as Exhibit No. 87 and admitted, and the
    testimony being a statement dated April 11, 1995
    3 from Mid/
    Res, stating the cost, at that point, of
    the HVAC system. The document was addressed to
    4 you. Do you recall receiving the document?
    A Yes, I recall this.
    5 MR. DIVER: No further questions about
    that.
    6 BY MR. DIVER:
    Q Earlier in your testimony, you talked
    7 about your attendance at the site, and the fact
    that there were all manner of
    tradespeople
    8 working; mechanical,
    millworkers, stone people,
    electrical people, et cetera. You recall that
    9 testimony?
    A Yes, sir.
    10 Q Were the Crowns living in the residence
    at that time?
    11 A Negative.
    Q Approximately how many people would be
    12 working on the job site at any given time during
    that period?
    13 A 28 to 30, 35, around in that
    neighborhood.
    14 Q All right. You had given us an
    expression of opinion with respect to the cost, or
    15 at least the elements that would be involved in
    the cost of relocating the HVAC, the
    chiller unit.
    16 Do you recall that testimony?
    A Yes, I do.
    17 MR. ELLEDGE: Object -- I'm sorry, I do
    not recall him answering any question with regard
    18 to cost.
    MR. DIVER: It would cost a lot of money.
    19 You recall saying it would cost a lot of money to
    do it, it would stop the job?
    20 A Well, if I don't recall, I'll say it now.
    It will cost a lot of money.
    21 THE COURT: I believe there was some
    general testimony to that effect.
    22 A Certainly, it would have cost a lot of
    money.
    23 BY MR. DIVER:
    Q Sure. Was that opinion based upon your
    24 assumption that, at the time that you talked to
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1241
    1 the
    Sheltons about relocation -- was it your
    assumption that, at that time, you talked to the
    2
    Sheltons about relocation, that the millwork was
    already 40% done, and the electrical was roughed
    3 in and being trimmed, and that all these things
    were pretty far advanced down the line?
    4 A Well, the piping for the AC unit is
    behind the walls. So, to change the AC unit, you
    5 got to open the walls and ceiling.
    Q Okay.
    6 A What's the question?
    Q The question is, did you assume that the
    7 millwork was more than 40% done at the time that
    you made your estimate as to whether it would be
    8 feasible?
    A I think I said 30%, didn't I?
    9 Q I wrote 40, but if you said 30, I'll
    accept it.
    10 A Whatever, 30, 40%, we were in there.
    Q What I'm trying to determine is whether
    11 or not your assumptions of the level of the work,
    that the place where work was, is assuming the
    12 work level in the summer of 1994, as opposed to
    the work level in the Fall of 1993. What I'm
    13 trying to find out now is, if there's still that
    possibility that when you made the assumptions
    14 with respect to the efforts that would be needed
    to be undertaken to relocate the air conditioner
    15 to another location in October of 1993, whether
    you assumed that, actually, the 1994 status of
    16 development was existing?
    A Well, I don't think, it really doesn't
    17 have much to do with millwork. The millwork issue
    is that the millwork expands and contracts, and we
    18 needed to pump the moisture out of the building
    unit. It takes about 8% moisture to install
    19 millwork safely. It's not so much a millwork
    isues, it's the fact that you have to go backwards
    20 on the job because you have to stop installing
    millwork, remove the ceilings, change the piping,
    21 and then re-install piping and put the ceilings
    back in. You can't install the millwork and do
    22 heavy plastering at the same time.
    Q Is it your testimony that the air
    23 conditioning system was left on 24 hours a day for
    an extended period during the summer of 1994,
    24 essentially, to protect the millwork?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1242
    1 A That would be the reason we needed the
    air conditioning on, yes, sir. It pumps the
    2 moisture out of the building. It certainly wasn't
    for comfort.
    3 Q Because no one was living there?
    A No one was living there.
    4 Q Have you ever met George
    Kamperman?
    A I don't recall the name. I've met a lot
    5 of George's, but --
    Q Did anybody tell you that the purpose of
    6 rotating this unit was for sound control?
    A Yes, sir.
    7 Q Who?
    A I think it was a Mid/
    Res discussion. The
    8 problem was that we were trying to get the
    noise -- we turned it so that the intake grills
    9 would not be facing the limestone wall of the
    garage, so the noise from the compressors would
    10 not reflect off, directly off the
    the limestone
    walls, that's what it was.
    11 Q But, your recollection was it was
    somebody at Mid/
    Res that told you that this would
    12 have an effect on reducing the sound being
    generated by this unit?
    13 A Well, let me put it to you this way. We
    did it, and only Mid/
    Res would direct that. I
    14 mean, I wouldn't direct it, I'm not an engineer.
    Steve Crown wouldn't direct it, it wouldn't be my
    15 carpenters. I mean, anything that was done with
    that air conditioning unit was a direct, you know,
    16 had direct bearing on whatever Mid/
    Res was trying
    to do to solve their own problem.
    17 Q Okay. So, if the Mid/
    Res people were to
    say that they had no sound oriented reason for
    18 changing that, you couldn't challenge that?
    A Somebody directed me to do it.
    19 Q No, I'm not saying you weren't directed
    to do it. And, I'm not saying it wasn't done.
    20 I'm trying to figure out the purpose for its being
    done, that's all.
    21 A Yes, my understanding was we did it
    because there were louvers on that side of the
    22 unit, and so that's the easiest way for the sound
    of the compressors to escape the sound attenuating
    23 material that had been put on the other three
    sides of the unit.
    24 Q Okay. You indicated that, in your
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1243
    1 testimony, that from the time you heard about the
    complaint of noise from the
    Sheltons, you pushed
    2 everyone on the job site to find a solution, is
    that correct?
    3 A I was directed to do that.
    Q Who were you directed to do that by?
    4 A Steve Crown.
    Q And, who did you push and how?
    5 A I pushed Mid/Res.
    Q To do what?
    6 A To get on the job site with sound
    readings, I mean, whatever it takes, to get, you
    7 know, let's get answers, let's get answers and
    let's find a way to quiet this unit.
    8 Q And, having directed Mid/
    Res to do that,
    did you ask them to report back to you as to what
    9 it was they were doing?
    A They were reporting back to me, yes.
    10 Q And, again, I'll ask you, did they report
    back to you about these sound readings?
    11 A Well, I was aware of them. Did I
    understand them? No, but I was aware of them.
    12 Q Do you recall asking them to do them,
    though?
    13 A I recall that they were necessary.
    That's the groundwork, I mean, what's the problem?
    14 Noise. All right. How much noise do we have?
    Well, let's take a reading. That's somewhere to
    15 start.
    Q Right. And then, from there, you make a
    16 plan on the basis of what you've learned, correct?
    A There were so many meetings out there on
    17 that job to figure out what actions should be
    taken, what action would be viable, what would be
    18 worthwhile and what would not. There were a lot of
    questions and answers.
    19 Q Were you present on the job site on July
    5th, 1994 when sound measurement readings were
    20 made by Al Shiner? Was it during working hours?
    A I believe it was during the afternoon.
    21 If it was between 7:00 and 3:30, I was probably
    there.
    22 Q Do you recall, prior to that, do you
    recall a sound measurement occurring, though, even
    23 if you weren't there?
    A I remember some sound measurements
    24 occurring. I was, I made up that little chart
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1244
    1 and, you know, I, at least watched for a short
    time while they did some sound measurements,
    2 right.
    Q Was that chart that we were talking about
    3 earlier, a chart that you recollect occurring at
    the time that Al Shiner was there for some sound
    4 measurements?
    A The key player I remember is Harry
    Akers.
    5 Q Okay. Do you recall sound measurements
    being taken in July of 1994, after the October,
    6 1993 measurements by
    Akers?
    A No, I don't recall. It could very well
    7 have been taken, but --
    Q Do you recall receiving a report from
    8 anyone about the fact that there were sound
    measurements made in July of 1994?
    9 A I don't recall.
    Q Do you recall what precipitated your
    10 getting together in July of 1994 with Mr.
    Mautner
    and Mr. Shiner to discuss solutions to a sound
    11 problem?
    A
    A noisy compressor, noisy
    chiller unit.
    12 Q Okay. And, what do you understand, as of
    the time that you had your meeting, what do you
    13 understand had been done to this
    chiller unit,
    other than the
    chiller unit as delivered to the
    14 site, in order to quiet it?
    A At this point, I can't recall whether
    15 they already tried the blankets at that point or
    not, you know. But, I know that the quiet flow
    16 panels, you know, were installed at that point, or
    that was the last thing that was done, the quiet
    17 flow panels.
    Q Do I assume that after March 15th, 1995,
    18 you disengaged yourself from both the project and
    the noise problem?
    19 A That's correct.
    Q You have no direct knowledge, then, of
    20 any changes that have been made to the equipment
    ince that day, or any sound measurements that have
    21 been made since that date?
    A That's correct.
    22 Q Mr.
    Keller, a question about the
    incidents that would be involved in removing this
    23 particular
    chiller unit to another location in the
    fall of 1993, within a month of the time that it
    24 had been installed. Tell us, in particular, what
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1245
    1 would have to be removed from the building, that
    was already installed, in order to move that
    2
    chiller unit to another location on the property?
    A Line sizing, the lines that run from
    3 the --
    Q From?
    4 A -- from the fan coils that are in various
    locations of the building, run towards the
    5
    chiller, all right. And, they're stepped in size.
    So, if you step the lines in one direction, and
    6 then you move the
    chiller to another direction, it
    becomes obvious to me that your sizing is wrong,
    7 okay. So now, you have to re-size the pipes in a
    different direction to handle, you know, the
    8
    chiller unit in another location.
    Q Is the sizing inside the building larger
    9 or smaller than that closer to the
    chiller unit?
    A I'm not an engineer, I'm not going to get
    10 into this. If you need answers to those
    questions, you need to talk to Mid/Res.
    11 Q Okay. Did you ever talk to Mid/
    Res about
    what exactly would be involved in relocating this
    12 equipment?
    A Negative.
    13 Q Did you ever prepare anything in writing
    to anyone about your recommendations, whether or
    14 not this equipment should be or could be
    relocated?
    15 A Negative, no.
    Q Have you prepared a cost estimate for
    16 anyone as to what it would cost to remove this
    chiller unit to another location on the Crown
    17 property, at this point?
    A I was never directed to do that.
    18 Q And, you never did it, either?
    A No, not that I can recall.
    19 MR. DIVER: No further questions.
    THE COURT: Okay. Any redirect?
    20 MR. ELLEDGE: No redirect.
    THE COURT: All right. Thank you very
    21 much, Mr.
    Keller.
    A Thank you.
    22 THE COURT: Off the record for just a
    moment to discuss Tom's schedule.
    23 (Off the record)
    THE COURT: Tomorrow, then, we'll--this
    24 hearing is adjourned today, and tomorrow we'll
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1246
    1 continue the hearing at 9:30 a.m. And, today's
    testimony we've heard from Mr. David
    Shelton,
    2 we've heard from Bradley
    Mautner, Robert Elfering,
    and Peter
    Keller. And, I have identified no issue
    3 of witness credibility with respect to those
    witnesses.
    4 So, we'll be in recess until the
    morning. Thank you.
    5 (WHEREUPON, the hearing was
    adjourned at 5:00 p.m. to be
    6 continued on August 20, 1996 at 9:30
    a.m.)
    7
    oOo
    8
    9
    10
    11
    12
    13
    14
    15
    16
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1247
    1 CERTIFICATION
    2 I, VERNETTA MCCREE, A Certified
    Shorthand Reporter doing business in the State of
    3 Illinois, certify that I reported in shorthand the
    testimony taken in the above-entitled matter, and
    4 that this constitutes a true and accurate
    transcription of my shorthand notes so taken as
    5 aforesaid.
    6
    7
    _______________________
    8 VERNETTA MCCREE, CSR
    9
    10
    11
    12
    13
    14
    15
    16
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1263
    1 BEFORE THE
    ILLINOIS POLLUTION CONTROL
    2 BOARD
    3 IN THE MATTER OF: )
    DAVID AND SUSI SHELTON, )
    4 )
    Complainants, )
    5 )
    vs. ) PCB 96-53
    6 ) VOLUME 6
    STEVEN AND NANCY CROWN, )
    7 )
    Respondents. )
    8
    9 REPORT OF PROCEEDINGS taken in the
    10 above-entitled matter, taken before MS. JUNE
    11 EDVENSON, Hearing Officer for the Illinois
    12 Pollution Control Board, commencing on the 19th
    13 day of August,
    A.D., 1996 at the offices of the
    14 Illinois Pollution Control Board, 100 W. Randolph
    15 Street, Chicago, Illinois, at approximately 9:30
    16 a.m.
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1264
    1 PRESENT:
    2
    3 THE JEFFREY DIVER GROUP
    4 BY: MR. JEFFREY DIVER &
    5 MR. KAISER
    6 For Complainants;
    7
    8 GOULD & RATNER
    9 BY: Mr. RICHARD ELLEDGE &
    10 MR. ROBERT CARSON
    11 For Respondents.
    12
    13
    14
    15
    16
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1265
    1 I N D E X
    2
    3 D C RED
    4
    5 A. STEVEN CROWN 1266
    6
    7 E X H I B I T S
    8
    9 OFR'D REC'D
    10
    11 Complainants Exhibit No. 44 1344
    1344
    12 Respondent's Exhibit No. 7 1351
    1351
    13
    14
    15
    16
    17
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1266
    1 MR. CARSON: Good morning. As our next
    2 witness, as part of the Respondent's case in
    3 chief, we call A. Steven Crown.
    4 THE COURT: Will the witness be sworn?
    5 (Witness sworn)
    6 A R I E S T E V E N C R O W N,
    7 after having been first duly sworn on oath,
    8 deposes and testifies as follows:
    9 DIRECT EXAMINATION
    10 BY MR. CARSON:
    11 Q State our name, please?
    12 A
    Arie, A-r- i-e, Steven Crown, C-r-o-w-n.
    13 Q And, you're the same Steven Crown that
    14 testified at the
    outet of these proceedings?
    15 A Yes, I am.
    16 Q And, since the time that you testified at
    17 the outset of these proceedings, Mr. Crown, you've
    18 been here for the duration of the proceedings,
    19 have you not?
    20 A Yes, I have.
    21 Q And, you've listened to all the other
    22 testimony?
    23 A Yes.
    24 Q And, you've had the opportunity to review
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1267
    1 all the exhibits that have been offered?
    2 A For the most part, I have, yes.
    3 Q Mr. Crown, you purchased the property at
    4 685
    Ardsley when?
    5 A We closed in June of 1991.
    6 Q And, what plans did you have for the
    7 property at the time you purchased it, sir?
    8 A The house did not conform to our space
    9 needs, so we had hired Paul Constant of Constant
    10 Architecture to help lay out a space plan for
    11 remodel of the house. And that, I'm not sure if
    12 it began before we closed. I think the ideas were
    13 floating around. Some of the needs were there,
    14 at least on paper. And then, after closing, got
    15 into some drawings, some layouts, and ultimately
    16 went into a remodel of the house. A fairly
    17 significant project, as it turned out to be.
    18 Q And, when did the construction on that
    19 project start?
    20 A The demolition began in either October,
    21 November of 1991. At the time, we didn't have
    22 complete sets of plans. We just had the shell
    23 drawings, and we had a demolition permit that
    24 allowed us to demolish one wing of the house.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1268
    1 Q And, you described it as a fairly
    2 significant project, as it turned out.
    3 As the project commenced and was under
    4 way, did you consider possible inconvenience to
    5 the neighbors that might result from the
    6 construction project itself?
    7 A Yes. In fact, we, one of the first
    8 criteria was -- first thing we did was in the
    9 selection of the contractors. We went with some
    10 of the larger contractors initially; Pepper,
    11 Turner,
    Gerhardt-Miney,( ph) even though they
    12 didn't do residential homes because we felt that
    13 they would have a much better handle on a larger
    14 job. We were very, we interviewed personally the
    15 on-site supervisor and the general contractor who
    16 would be responsible for the job. And, we wanted
    17 to make sure, from the onset, that we had the
    18 right personality, a responsible person, and an
    19 individual that we could look to, to try and
    20 maintain an orderly and efficient operation. And,
    21 that was from the beginning. As the job
    22
    progresed, we tried to implement, or we requested
    23 that it be implemented, good housekeeping
    24 practices such that records were cleaned up and
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1269
    1 swept, such that the job site was kept in an
    2 orderly, neat fashion. And, throughout the job,
    3 we took --
    4 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, again,
    5 I wonder if the witness could be instructed to
    6 talk about what he did as opposed to what the
    7 "we", or else identify who the "we" is?
    8 A I instructed all parties--
    9 MR. DIVER: That would be fine.
    10 THE COURT: Thank you.
    11 A -- to do the following.
    12 Q Before you get into the narrative, let me
    13 make sure we're all on the same wavelength here.
    14 Did you take steps specifically addressed toward
    15 keeping the inconvenience to the neighbors at a
    16 minimum?
    17 A I instructed our general contractors and,
    18 therefore, I instructed them to instruct the subs.
    19 Q And, what steps was it that you took as
    20 far as your instructions are concerned?
    21 A Outside of what I would consider good
    22 housekeeping practices, I, we talked about, and I
    23 authorized them to install a hall road off of
    24
    Pelham in order not to inconvenience the neighbors
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1270
    1 on
    Ardsley. It provided a much more direct access
    2 into the house, although it did tear up the lawn
    3 and put a number of the trees at risk. It was
    4 clearly a much more convenient way to get trucks
    5 in and out of there without causing inconvenience
    6 to the neighborhood.
    7 Q With respect to the hall road, perhaps it
    8 would be helpful if we looked at Exhibit No. 52.
    9 MR. ELLEDGE: 51, I think it's 51 you
    10 want.
    11 MR. CARSON: 51, excuse me.
    12 BY MR. CARSON:
    13 Q This is Exhibit No. 51. And, you had
    14 previously given testimony concerning this
    15 particular exhibit in response to Mr. Diver's
    16 questions. And, this exhibit shows the
    17 configuration of the home that was to be
    18 constructed, is that right?
    19 A Correct.
    20 Q And, it also has, since the time that you
    21 testified concerning this exhibit, there have been
    22 a number of markings added to it, particularly to
    23 the north, which you understand show the general
    24 configuration of the
    Shelton home?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1271
    1 A That's my understanding.
    2 Q Okay. And, using this red felt tip pen,
    3 would you show, on Exhibit No. 51, where the hall
    4 road was located that you just described?
    5 A Well, there actually were, there were two
    6 roads that came into the property. There was an
    7 existing drive that came in off of
    Pelham, and was
    8 part of a complete driveway that was at the
    9 existing house.
    10 Q And, you've marked that with the felt
    11 tip?
    12 A That's the red with the little hash
    13 markings on it. That was already in place. We kept
    14 that in place until it was no longer needed. For
    15 the larger trucks, we brought in a road roughly,
    16 that looked like that. They had a much larger
    17 turnaround area in there. But, essentially, it
    18 attempted -- that tree, for example, would not be,
    19 it would be slightly off of the tree. But, it
    20 allowed for larger semis to come in off of
    Ardsley
    21 and, therefore, not have them go any further north
    22 than
    Pelham. It also prevented traffic from
    23 coming down
    Pelham and trying to get into the
    24 property. Essentially, they came off of Pine onto
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1272
    1
    Ardsley for the short stretch onto the property,
    2 and had a way of turning around and getting out,
    3 and prevented any real traffic from occurring,
    4 heavy traffic from occurring.
    5 Q And, just for the record, you've also
    6 marked with red felt tip marker, coming from south
    7 to north off of
    Pelham Road, this other hall road
    8 that you described?
    9 A It ran both ways, but, yes, it was
    10 entering the property in a gradual curve coming
    11 off of
    Pelham.
    12 Q And, this hall road, which was for the
    13 larger trucks, went on the opposite side of the
    14 property from the portion of the property which
    15 abuts the
    Shelton property, is that right?
    16 A It was on the south side of the property.
    17 Q And, the
    Shelton property is to the
    18 north?
    19 A I'll put little X's in it.
    20 Q Okay.
    21 A The hall road. You want me to continue
    22 answering?
    23 Q Yes. You were describing any steps that
    24 you undertook to keep inconvenience to the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1273
    1 neighbors to a minimum. Were there others?
    2 A Yes. I asked that all cars be parked on
    3 our property, to get them off of the roads.
    4
    Ardsley and Pelham are private roads, there isn't
    5 much room. And, therefore, I instructed our
    6 contractors to make sure that all the service
    7 trucks and cars be parked on the property. And,
    8 we would take the necessary, make the necessary
    9 correction to the landscaping or the grass that
    10 was destroyed, as it usually would have been,
    11 after the job was completed. Also, later on in the
    12 job, I instructed Pete
    Keller to contact me
    13 immediately if we had, if there were any comments,
    14 complaints, or concerns from neighbors in the
    15 area. I wanted to know that immediately.
    16 Q Now, putting aside, for the moment, any
    17 complaints or concerns regarding the air
    18 conditioner unit, which was later installed, did
    19 you have any complaints from neighbors, other than
    20 the
    Sheltons --
    21 A Yes.
    22 Q -- concerning the construction project?
    23 A Yes, we did.
    24 Q Can you give us examples of the types of
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1274
    1 things that came up?
    2 A There was a complaint from the
    3
    Alexanders, who live across the street off of
    4
    Pelham, concerning a transformer that was
    5 installed at the, I guess it's the southeast
    6 corner of our property. They didn't like the idea
    7 that it was visible. So, we put shrubbery around
    8 it to hide it, disguise it, and get it out of
    9 view. There was a question as to some curbs that
    10 had been run over by trucks, and some landscaping
    11 that had been run over by vehicles. We're not the
    12 only house on the block, we did not have all the
    13 trucks coming down the street relating to our job.
    14 There were landscaping trucks, delivery trucks,
    15 there were other types of vehicles down there.
    16 But, we never took issue with the neighbors. We
    17 basically went out and fixed the problem, re-did
    18 the landscaping, re-did the curbs. There was a
    19 question of debris or litter on the streets. Art
    20 Nelson had made a complaint, and he said, you
    21 know, we know you're good in cleaning it up. We
    22 were, we took whatever measures to remedy the
    23 situation. And then, later in the project, Don
    24
    Rycroft,( ph) who is our then neighbor to the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1275
    1 east, and I believe
    Marge Julian, more
    2 specifically Don
    Rycroft said that we had created
    3 potholes in the street, which I found somewhat
    4 suspect since, again, we weren't the only set of
    5 trucks running around. There were other projects
    6 going on. Nonetheless, we went out and repaired
    7 the potholes, at our expense. I instructed the
    8 contractor to have them repaired, at my expense.
    9 Q Now, with respect to the construction
    10 project, can you describe how you planned for your
    11 heating and cooling needs for the new home?
    12 A During the course of subcontractor
    13 selection -- well, actually prior to that, we sat
    14 down with our architect, Paul Constant, who has a
    15 fairly substantial book of specifications for
    16 heating and air conditioning requirements,
    17 operational requirements, not specific equipment,
    18 and he laid out an operational spec; cooling,
    19 heating ranges and so forth, which were then sent
    20 out to different subs, at least two subs that I'm
    21 aware of that were felt that could generally
    22 handle the project. One was
    Althoff, and the other
    23 one was Mid/Res.
    24 Q And, you ultimately selected Mid/
    Res?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1276
    1 A After receiving proposals from both,
    2 after receiving the bids from both, after doing
    3 some checking on the references and on the two
    4 different companies, we had a lot better
    5 information on Mid/Res. I had some personal
    6 friends that had used Mid/
    Res very succesfully in
    7 their house renovation, and decided--and, they
    8 were more, Mid/
    Res was actually, as we understood
    9 at the time, more geared towards residential type
    10 projects or had a lot
    mroe eperience with
    11 residential type project. And, therefore, we chose
    12 them.
    13 Q And, you described the reasoning or the
    14 logic underlying your selection of Mid/Res.
    15 A The logic was the quality of work, the
    16 experience, and the personal reference, personal
    17 references we received.
    18 Q Okay. At the outset of your work with
    19 Mid/
    Res, who was it that you were working with?
    20 A I'm sorry?
    21 Q Who, specifically, at Mid/
    Res?
    22 A At Mid/
    Res, Bob Abele was the first
    23 representative, I believe, A-b-e-l-e, was the
    24 first representative that we were contacted by. He
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1277
    1 worked with Paul Constant. Actually, I think he
    2 had communications with our architect regarding
    3 the, a preliminary letter to help set up the
    4 technical specifications more specifically, and
    5 that then evolved into a formal proposal. There
    6 were, the names I recall, Gary
    Elfering was in the
    7 picture at one point in time, as a representative
    8 from Mid/Res. And then, ultimately after we had
    9 selected them, I found out that Brad
    Mautner was
    10 the then President of Mid/
    Res, who was a friend
    11 that I had grown up with. And, he came into the
    12 project and was part of the discussions.
    13 Q Did you receive a recommendation from
    14 Mid/
    Res as to the equipment that would meet the
    15 specification requirements for the home?
    16 A Yes. We were given, I believe, two
    17 alternatives. One was a multiple type system,
    18 multiple little units. And, the second was one a
    19 consolidated, stand alone unit.
    20 Q And, which of those alternatives was
    21 selected?
    22 A The stand alone, consolidated unit.
    23 Q How was it that that selection process
    24 went? How was the decision made to go with the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1278
    1 single integrated unit?
    2 MR. DIVER: The question is ambiguous,
    3 Madam Hearing Officer, as to how the decision was
    4 made. Are we asking for who made a particular
    5 decision and how that person made it?
    6 MR. CARSON: I can try to rephrase it.
    7 THE COURT: Okay.
    8 BY MR. CARSON:
    9 Q Can you describe how the selection
    10 process went; who participated?
    11 A The participants, since I didn't know
    12 that much about air conditioning, per se, we sat
    13 down, I sat down with the general on the job, I
    14 sat down with the architect present, I sat down
    15 with an owner's representative, sat down with the
    16 representatives from Mid/
    Res and all talked at the
    17 same time. Then, subsequently, Mid/
    Res selected
    18 them as the subcontractor. I think
    Mautner and
    19
    Elfering were present at the time.
    Abele was out
    20 of the picture. He was just a sales
    21 representative. And, there may well have been one
    22 more person. Harry
    Akers may well have been in
    23 attendance at the time, or somebody from the
    24 construction staff may well have been in
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1279
    1 attendance. I don't remember it at this time.
    2 And, we requested them to explain what the options
    3 were and help educate us as to what the
    4 alternatives were relating to the two different
    5 approaches.
    6 Q And, this would have been when?
    7 A This would have been late 1991, 1992.
    8 Sometime in that time frame, towards the early
    9 stages of the job. Probably 1992.
    10 Q And, who was it that had the final
    11 decision, as far as the single integrated unit, as
    12 opposed to the multiple units scattered around the
    13 site?
    14 A Well, if you mean who, I ultimately paid
    15 the bill. So, the ultimate decision was mine.
    16 But, as to the recommendation, I talked to Brad
    17 specifically, who said that the --
    18 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, I'll
    19 object to what Brad said.
    20 MR. CARSON: What Brad said concerning
    21 this is not offered for the truth of what Brad
    22 said. It goes into the witness' state of mind as
    23 to how the selection was made.
    24 MR. DIVER: On that basis, I'll withdraw
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1280
    1 my objection.
    2 A He said that the single unit would be
    3 more efficient. It would perform the task required
    4 in a much better fashion, and would do what the
    5 unit was designed to do. The multiple units,
    6 again, you're looking at a multiplicity of the
    7 same type of units. It would be cosmetically,
    8 maybe a little less attractive, and maybe a little
    9 less efficient in operation. And, it was his
    10 recommendation that we go with the one unit, which
    11 is ultimately what we decided on.
    12 Q When you use the term "efficient", to
    13 your understanding, what do you understand as far
    14 as the relative efficiency of the single unit as
    15 opposed to the multiple?
    16 A At the time, efficiently meant that it
    17 would have less maintenance requirements, that it
    18 would provide the cooling that the house needed,
    19 when it needed it. And, I was attempting, in this
    20 construction process, to create, as best possible,
    21 a trouble-free house, realizing that that's not
    22 entirely possible. But, just the same, efficiency,
    23 I understood it to mean that it would operate
    24 within the ranges required and operate for a long
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1281
    1 period of time.
    2 Q At the time that this selection process
    3 was under way, did you have a specific
    4 understanding as to the unit, the manufacturer,
    5 the size, the precise type of unit that was being
    6 discussed?
    7 A No, I did not.
    8 Q When was it that you learned,
    9 specifically, what the unit would be, in terms of
    10 its size, and manufacturer, or any other specific
    11 information about it?
    12 A The first time I saw the unit, when it
    13 arrived on the job site, and I pulled up for a
    14 meeting, it was sitting on the ground.
    15 Q In selecting the single unit, as opposed
    16 to the multiple units, what, if any, consideration
    17 did you give to the possibility of an annoyance
    18 from sound?
    19 A On the selection of the unit?
    20 Q The selection of the single unit versus
    21 the multiple units.
    22 A Sound really wasn't much of an issue at
    23 the time. It was more efficiency and the
    24 operational requirements. I don't think we really
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1282
    1 talked, I mean, it may have been that sound, on
    2 the smaller units, because there are a lot of
    3 them, and there are a lot more moving parts. But,
    4 it was negligible. It wasn't really discussed.
    5 Q It wasn't the focus of discussion?
    6 A No, definitely not.
    7 Q Now, this single
    chiller unit, was this
    8 planned for an inside location, or an outside
    9 location?
    10 A It was planned for an outside location.
    11 Q In these meetings, was the subject
    12 discussed as to where it would be located?
    13 A Yes, we talked about, we talked about
    14 locations. Mid/
    Res gave us --
    15 MR. DIVER: Ma'am, I'm afraid, could the
    16 witness again be asked to talk about what he did?
    17 I keep hearing "we", and I'm not sure who it is
    18 that he's talking about.
    19 A Mid/
    Res gave me different alternative
    20 locations that I could choose from.
    21 MR. CARSON: And, I don't know whether we
    22 don't necessarily have to mark it, but in
    23 reviewing it, would it be helpful to have this in
    24 front of you, Exhibit No. 51?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1283
    1 A Again, it's fairly --
    2 Q What discussion or what considerations
    3 did you make in terms of a north or south or east
    4 or west location for this
    chiller unit?
    5 A I was given, essentially, two preferred
    6 locations. One was --
    7 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, I'm
    8 going to have to object again. If he could tell
    9 us who it was that was giving these
    10 instructions --
    11 A Brad
    Mautner, President of Mid/
    Res --
    12 MR. DIVER: Thank you.
    13 A -- gave me two locations that I could
    14 choose from, both being equally, both without any
    15 bias towards either. One was located where the
    16 current air conditioning unit sits today, on the
    17 north end of the house.
    18 Q And, as I recall, that was marked by you
    19 in the opening of this hearing?
    20 A It may well, it looks like my
    21 handwriting.
    22 Q That one box?
    23 A Mid/
    Res, the says Crown A/C. A second
    24 location would have been on the south side of the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1284
    1 house. The east side of the house was very, very
    2 narrow, and it would be difficult to service. And,
    3 I also don't think that we would have been able to
    4 put the unit in and get passage behind it. So, we
    5 decided that was inappropriate. Also, the west
    6 side of the house. The house is a long house, and
    7 I was told that, from an operational point, it's
    8 more efficient to put it somewhere in the middle
    9 section than on either side. So, essentially,
    10 we're talking about the north side and the south
    11 side.
    12 Q Your understanding, then, was that the
    13 east and the west side were not good options?
    14 A Not good. They were not as good as the
    15 other options.
    16 Q And, why not?
    17 A Because the length of the house, and the
    18 fact that you had to push from, air and whatever
    19 from one end to the other, it's starting to get
    20 technical. But, from my recollection is that
    21 pushing it along the long distance of the house
    22 was not as efficient as taking it and going from
    23 side to side.
    24 Q And, who was it that selected the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1285
    1 location that it ultimately ended up with?
    2 A I think it was a combination of all of
    3 the, I ultimately made the, or blessed the
    4 decision, since it was my house. And, because of
    5 the ease of serviceability, because it was, even
    6 though it was going to be one of the first things
    7 seen as you drove in our driveway, we figured we
    8 could put trees around it. It, operationally,
    9 seemed to be in a good location. And, at the
    10 time, our contractor, giving us the choices, we
    11 figured that was as good a choice as any.
    12 Q What, if any, consideration did you give
    13 to the possibility of annoyance from sound in that
    14 location?
    15 A The only discussion we had, at the time,
    16 was that the unit, if placed on the north end of
    17 the house, next to the garage, it was directly
    18 under the window of the guest bedroom that was
    19 going to be built above it. And, Brad told me that
    20 we might, the guests living there might hear some
    21 fan noise, if they opened up their window. But,
    22 that didn't seem to, at that time, that didn't
    23 seem to be an issue. That was the only mention of
    24 noise that I recall.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1286
    1 Q Okay. And, that particular issue didn't
    2 cause you any concern?
    3 A No, it did not cause me any concern. Air
    4 conditioning units make noise when they operate.
    5 And, fan are fans.
    6 Q And, do you know the, or can you state
    7 the approximate distance from the top of that
    8
    chiller unit to the guest bedroom window in your
    9 home, as it exists today?
    10 A I guess it's about 8 to 10 feet. The
    11 second bedroom, maybe 9 feet. The bedroom window
    12 is about midway up the second floor. The unit is
    13 about, I guess, 7 feet, 6, 7, 8 feet off the
    14 ground. And, it's about, I guess, about 5 feet
    15 from the wall.
    16 Q Now, taking you back to a point in time
    17 before the unit was installed and operating, did
    18 you have occasion to speak with your new neighbor,
    19 David
    Shelton?
    20 A Yes. Mr.
    Shelton called me before we had
    21 gone in. As I recall, during that conversation,
    22 mentioned, had asked me if I was interested in
    23 considering purchasing his house.
    24 Q And, how did you respond to that?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1287
    1 A I responded by saying that we would
    2 probably have a fairly wide difference of opinion
    3 as to value. He was selling a house. I looked at
    4 it as a piece of property with an
    encumberance on
    5 it. I already had a project underfoot in the
    6 renovation of our place next door. And, thanked
    7 him very much for the call and consideration, but
    8 told him, at this time, it just wasn't in our
    9 plans. And, that was that.
    10 Q The air conditioning unit, the single,
    11 integrated
    chiller unit, was ultimately installed
    12 in the location that's shown, Crown A/C on Exhibit
    13 No. 51?
    14 A Generally speaking, yes, that's the
    15 location.
    16 Q And, when was the unit first operated, to
    17 your knowledge?
    18 A In September of 1993.
    19 Q How did you learn that the unit had
    20 become operational?
    21 A I visited the job site on a fairly
    22 regular basis in the morning before I came down to
    23 work. And, during one of the occasions, I had
    24 asked when are we going to start the unit? I was
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1288
    1 surprised to find out that we had already been
    2 operating the unit for a number of days. I don't
    3 know whether it had been operating the full day or
    4 a couple of hours during the day, but it had been
    5 fired up and, I guess, had been operational during
    6 some of the work days.
    7 Q Did you have occasion to hear the unit in
    8 operation in those early, in those visits to the
    9 site in the early stages?
    10 A Yes.
    11 Q What did it sound like?
    12 A It sounded like an air conditioning unit.
    13 Q Did it come to your attention that a
    14 neighbor had a complaint concerning the sound from
    15 that air conditioner?
    16 A Yes.
    17 MR. DIVER: Excuse me, what was this
    18 prior to, just in terms of time, are we talking
    19 about the complaint being prior to his hearing the
    20 sounds and experiencing them, or after?
    21 A After.
    22 MR. CARSON: Well, I haven't asked that
    23 question.
    24 MR. DIVER: That's what I'm asking. Please
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1289
    1 put it in perspective so --
    2 BY MR. CARSON:
    3 Q Did it come to your attention, sir, that
    4 the, that a neighbor had a complaint concerning
    5 noise for the air conditioner?
    6 A Yes.
    7 Q How did that come to your attention?
    8 A One night, while I was home, we were
    9 living at 35 Linden in
    Wilmette, I received a call
    10 from
    Susi Shelton.
    11 Q And, can you put a date, an approximate
    12 date on that call?
    13 A It was, I believe, sometime in September
    14 of 1993.
    15 Q Okay. What time was it?
    16 A Between 10:00, 11:00 o'clock at night,
    17 something like that. The kids were down, so it was
    18 sometime after that.
    19 Q Okay. Was this before or after you had
    20 been to the site and learned that the unit had
    21 become operational?
    22 A This was afterwards.
    23 Q Describe the conversation in this phone
    24 call that you received?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1290
    1 A I received a call -- well, I received a
    2 call from
    Susi Shelton, who told me that he had
    3 called the police. She had heard our unit, our air
    4 conditioning unit go on. She had called the police
    5 because she couldn't find our telephone number.
    6 And, she was able to find our telephone number,
    7 and gave us a call to let us know that our unit,
    8 our air conditioning unit, was on, asked us, asked
    9 me if I would turn it off because it was making a
    10 noise. And, I told her that I would take care of
    11 it, and proceeded to get dressed and drive out to
    12 the job site.
    13 Q Did she describe the noise?
    14 A No, she just said it was making a noise.
    15 Q And, what did you do after that
    16 conversation?
    17 A I got in my car, stopped off and got a
    18 flashlight, because I didn't have one at the time,
    19 and just forgot one at the house. En route, I
    20 called Pete
    Keller on my car phone to ask him how
    21 you turn the unit off. And, Pete told me that I
    22 needed to go down to the basement and pull a
    23 couple of switches in order to shut it down
    24 entirely. Then, entered the property, couldn't
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1291
    1 find the kill switch outside that he talked about,
    2 went down into the basement and completely shut
    3 the unit down.
    4 Q By the way, I don't think, in your
    5 testimony here, we've identified who Pete
    Keller
    6 was.
    7 A Pete
    Keller, at the time, was the, we had
    8 changed general contractors from Pepper
    9
    Contruction to Pete
    Keller.
    10 Q So, you arrived at the job site?
    11 A Arrived at the job site, went down, shut
    12 off the unit, and then left the job site. And, on
    13 my way back, I stopped off, I noticed that there
    14 was a
    Winnetka policeman parked in the parking lot
    15 at the corner, on the east side of Elder &
    16 Sheridan, and pulled in and told him that,
    17 introduced myself, that I was the resident at 685
    18
    Ardsley. That there had been a complaint, as I
    19 understood it, registered on my property. I
    20 wanted him to know that I had gone to the house, I
    21 had taken care of the complaint. And, that he
    22 should, you know, advise his, advise the main
    23 office that it had been taken care of.
    24 Q And, did he have any knowledge concerning
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1292
    1 a complaint that had been made?
    2 A He called the office and told me that
    3 they had no knowledge of any complaint; that he
    4 appreciated me informing them of the events, but
    5 that they had nothing registered, at the time.
    6 Q And, when you went to the job site, were
    7 there any police in the area?
    8 A No, there were not.
    9 Q So, you had shut the unit off and
    10 ultimately, I assume, you returned home that
    11 evening?
    12 A Yes.
    13 Q Did you do anything the next day
    14 regarding the air conditioning unit?
    15 A Well, the next morning, I got up early,
    16 went to the job site, and met with Pete and told
    17 him of what I had done the night before. He
    18 already was aware that I had been to the job site
    19 that evening, and turning off the unit. I
    20 instructed him to contact Mid/
    Res and let them
    21 know that our neighbors to the north had
    22 registered a complaint regarding the noise from
    23 the unit, and wanted him to work with Mid/
    Res to
    24 try and see what, you know, what the program was
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1293
    1 and what things were going to be done
    2 prospectively, relating to the unit.
    3 Q Thereafter -- well, I'll show you Exhibit
    4 No. 49, which has already been placed into
    5 evidence.
    6 MR. CARSON: Can we go off the record for
    7 just a second with respect to these exhibits?
    8 THE COURT: Off the record.
    9 (WHEREUPON, a brief discussion was
    10 held)
    11 THE COURT: We'll go back on the record.
    12 BY MR. CARSON:
    13 Q You now have before you Exhibit No. 49,
    14 Mr. Crown.
    15 A Yes.
    16 Q And, this is a letter that you received
    17 from David
    Shelton, it's dated October 11th, 1993,
    18 is that right?
    19 A That's correct.
    20 Q And, this would, you said, stated that
    21 this earlier conversation, about the events that
    22 you just related, occurred in September. So, this
    23 would have been a number of weeks later?
    24 A Yes.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1294
    1 Q Prior to your receipt of this letter, the
    2 subject of this letter obviously is the complaints
    3 about the noise from the air conditioning unit,
    4 right?
    5 A Yes, it is.
    6 Q Prior to your receipt of this letter, had
    7 you done anything to address the issue of noise
    8 emitted from the air conditioning unit?
    9 A After the conversation with
    Susi Shelton,
    10 and after talking with Pete, we'd been in
    11 conversations with Mid/
    Res to advise them that our
    12 neighbor--I had been in conversation with Pete
    13
    Keller --
    14 THE COURT: Okay. Just, let's take a
    15 moment to discuss this. Mr. Crown, let me ask
    16 you, when you refer to "we", who are you referring
    17 to? Are you referring to you and your wife?
    18 A No, I'm not.
    19 THE COURT: Are you referring to
    20 yourself?
    21 A Me, myself.
    22 THE COURT: All right. Then, I'll permit
    23 the witness to continue to use that expression
    24 because it's familiar to him and is natural for
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1295
    1 him to use it in his conversation.
    2 A I work in a family business. It's tough
    3 to get away from the "we".
    4 THE COURT: That will be permitted.
    5 Proceed.
    6 A Thank you. I, after talking with Pete
    7 and then having Pete having conversations with
    8 Mid/
    Res, I was told that the unit still had to be
    9 tweaked, fine-tuned, that the installation of the
    10 unit was not yet complete. We were still
    11 intending on putting up some buffer around it,
    12 trees and fences, and so forth. And, we hadn't
    13 yet, the unit had not yet been fine tuned. And,
    14 until it was, it's a mechanical device, we felt
    15 that Mid/
    Res was still in the process of the
    16 installation.
    17 Q According to this letter, Mr.
    Shelton
    18 states, in the middle of the second page, "We know
    19 that you plan various steps to reduce the noise."
    20 Had you had conversations with Mr.
    Shelton
    21 prior to your receipt of this letter, concerning
    22 this issue?
    23 A Either David or
    Susi Shelton, one of the
    24 two. I believe we told them of our plans to
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1296
    1 surround it with trees and put fencing up, and
    2 that the unit needed to be fine tuned and tweaked.
    3 Q Did you take any further steps? You say
    4 instead that they were planning the fine-tuning or
    5 the tweaking, and you were planning the
    6 landscaping and the fencing around the unit. Were
    7 there any further steps that you took, in the fall
    8 of 1993, to address the
    Shelton's concerns about
    9 noise?
    10 A Oh, well, I instructed Pete not to run
    11 the unit at night. We were just going to run it
    12 during the daylight hours, the work day hours,
    13 from 7:00 to 3:30, 4:00 o'clock, whenever the work
    14 crews left. We felt that that was the least we
    15 could do to accommodate our neighbors until we had
    16 at least more landscaping up, and we had a real
    17 need for the system to be on.
    18 Q What was the status of construction, as
    19 far as the interior of the house is concerned, in
    20 the fall of 1993?
    21 A Actually, in the fall of 1993, we had had
    22 a number of trades working inside of the house. We
    23 had stone, marble, tile trades in there, which are
    24 wet trades, putting down floors for bathrooms and
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1297
    1 what, then, what has now become the
    sunroom area.
    2 We had wooden floors, hickory floors put down in
    3 the kitchen area. Those are planks on which the
    4 kitchen cabinet would sit. And, I believe we had
    5 also some of the kitchen cabinets installed. They,
    6 the small
    Bolten kitchen cabinets from England, it
    7 was a pine cabinet, that were installed in the
    8 kitchen area. And, I believe some of the millwork
    9 pieces were installed in the second floor
    10 bedrooms. We had some built-in bookshelves and
    11 door jambs and things of that sort. Actually, the
    12 door jambs probably were not in, but some of the
    13 bookshelves and some of the molding might well
    14 have been put in. And, also, we had plaster work
    15 being done on the walls. We were closing up walls.
    16 The combination of the plaster and the wet tile
    17 and stone trade created an additional amount of
    18 moisture in the house. And, it actually competed
    19 with or created problems for all the wood trades
    20 because the woods absorbed the moisture and, I
    21 believe, as I was told, you needed a moisture
    22 content in the air of, or in the wood at least of
    23 8%, 7, 8, 9% in order for the wood to go down
    24 properly, adhere properly and not create a problem
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1298
    1 for you going forward.
    2 Q Were any concerns expressed to you
    3 concerning this decision to operate the air
    4 conditioning unit only during daytime hours?
    5 A Yes. It was not preferred by the subs.
    6 It was clearly not preferred by our general. Pete
    7 wanted to see the job move forward. Pete was
    8 interested in progress, and he felt that we needed
    9 to dry out the house, remove the water as best we
    10 could from the air. And, not having the air
    11 conditioning system on slowed down that process.
    12 And, essentially, extended the job. It became
    13 more costly, as a result. It prolonged subsequent
    14 trades from coming in and completing their job,
    15 and ultimately, kept us out of the house, kept us
    16 from moving in at an earlier date.
    17 Q And, in weighing these considerations,
    18 you opted for what?
    19 A We chose to still go the route of keeping
    20 it on only during the working construction hours,
    21 not having it on at night, in order not to disturb
    22 the neighbors. And, essentially, running the risk
    23 of having some problems with the installations for
    24 the balance of the year. It was fall, it was
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1299
    1 going towards winter. We felt that we would take a
    2 gamble and not have the unit operate at night.
    3 Q Now, in this time frame, in the fall of
    4 1993, did you have occasion to hear what the air
    5 conditioning unit sounded like, from the
    Shelton
    6 property?
    7 A Yes. We, I went over --
    8 MR. DIVER: I'm sorry, what?
    9 A I went over --
    10 MR. DIVER: I understand, the timing of
    11 this?
    12 MR. CARSON: Fall of 1993, sorry.
    13 A I went over to the
    Shelton house, stood
    14 on the patio and listened to the unit.
    15 Q Who else was present?
    16 A Pete was with me, maybe both times.
    17
    Definitiely one of the times, might have been with
    18 me this other time.
    19 Q So, you were on the
    Shelton property to
    20 listen on two occasions?
    21 A On two occasions, yes.
    22 Q Okay. So, this would be the first?
    23 A This was the first occasion.
    24 Q And, Pete
    Keller may have been there?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1300
    1 A He may have well been there.
    2 Q And, was either
    Susi or David there?
    3 A Yes, one of them.
    Susi Shelton may have
    4 been there. One of the
    Sheltons was there. I'd
    5 only go on their property when they were present,
    6 and with their permission.
    7 Q And, you listened to the unit from their
    8 patio?
    9 A Yes.
    10 Q And, your unit was operating at the time?
    11 A Yes.
    12 Q And, what did it sound like?
    13 A It didn't sound obtrusive. It sounded
    14 like an air conditioning unit. You could hear the
    15 unit operating, but it did not seem to be
    16 bothersome to me.
    17 Q Did you have any conversation with
    Susi
    18
    Shelton at that time?
    19 A Probably did, but it was very short,
    20 didn't last very long.
    21 Q Did she say anything at all about the
    22 upstairs
    bedrom?
    23 A No, it was never mentioned.
    24 Q Since it's an air
    conditionoing unit, I
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1301
    1 assume it wasn't operating in the wintertime?
    2 A No.
    3 Q By the following spring, spring of 1994,
    4 were there any additional steps taken with an idea
    5 towards reducing the sound emissions from the
    6 unit?
    7 A Mid/
    Res, during the course of the fall
    8 and into the winter, I was in conversation with
    9 all the subs, Mid/
    Res being one of them. This was
    10 one of the issues that was front and center as a
    11 discussion piece, and Mid/
    Res had suggested, and I
    12 had agreed, that we ought to try what could be
    13 tried to try and ameliorate or reduce the noise.
    14 Q Did Mid/
    Res make specific suggestions?
    15 A Yes. Mid/
    Res suggested that we rotate
    16 the unit 90 degrees on its axis, that we try, I
    17 guess, blankets for the compressors, what they
    18 call them, and put some cones, extensions on the
    19 fan portion on the top to try and move the noise
    20 or direct the noise to go straight up.
    21 Q Okay. Who, specifically, recommended the
    22 rotating of the unit?
    23 A It could have been either Brad or Gary
    24
    Elfering.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1302
    1 Q It came from Mid/
    Res?
    2 A It came from Mid/
    Res, that much I know. I
    3 don't remember the specifics.
    4 Q And, what was the purpose of rotating the
    5 unit, as you understood it?
    6 A As I understood it, the noisiest portion
    7 of the base unit was pointing towards the north,
    8 toward the
    Shelton's property. That's where, I
    9 guess, the air intake and the open area of the
    10 unit was located. And, as opposed to having the
    11 noisy area facing north, we moved it so it was
    12 facing to the east and directing it away from the
    13
    Shelton property. We felt that that would, at
    14 least, lessen the sound.
    15 Q And, did you authorize that work to be
    16 done?
    17 A Yes, I did.
    18 Q And, you also mentioned that you had a
    19 recommendation that blankets be placed over the
    20 compressors?
    21 A That was Mid/
    Res' suggestion, that there
    22 be blankets. I never, blankets I guess muffle
    23 sound. So it, and quite honestly, they suggested
    24 to put the blanket on. I guess we put the blankets
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1303
    1 on and subsequently took the blankets off.
    2 Q But, it was your understanding, though,
    3 that it was intended to muffle the sound?
    4 A That was my understanding.
    5 Q And, that was work that you also
    6 authorized?
    7 A Yes, it was.
    8 Q And, you also mentioned extensions or
    9 cones?
    10 A Right.
    11 Q Was that a recommendation received from
    12 Mid/
    Res?
    13 A Yes. The cones were essentially
    14 extensions of the circular portion above the fans
    15 to redirect the, to increase the height of the fan
    16 portion and, I guess, redirect the noise. Noise,
    17 I guess, travels in a straight line, at least
    18 that's my understanding that it does. I'm not a
    19 sound expert.
    20 MR. CARSON: So, the record, I'd like
    21 the record to show the witness is holding his
    22 hands straight up like a touchdown. You understood
    23 the noise would be directed upwards?
    24 A That was my understanding, yes, on all
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1304
    1 three of the fans up top.
    2 Q And, you authorized that work to be done
    3 as well?
    4 A Yes, I did.
    5 Q And, at whose expense was that? Were
    6 those sound attenuation steps undertaken?
    7 A I believe they were mine. The bills are,
    8 I guess, part of the record. I think we paid
    9 $3,000 or something like that, for that.
    10 MR. CARSON: The record can show that
    11 there was a stipulation at the outset as to the
    12 cost of 1994 sound attenuation.
    13 MR. DIVER: I think there's better
    14 evidence than that yet in the record. I think
    15 there's an actual bill for the services, which
    16 indicates, among other things, that there was no
    17 charge whatsoever for rotating the unit on its
    18 axis.
    19 MR. CARSON: You tell me if that was a
    20 stipulation the first day, and that the first 1994
    21 set of acoustic controls, including rotation,
    22 acoustic blankets --
    23 MR. DIVER: The purpose of this
    24 stipulation was to establish the cost of
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1305
    1 activities, yes, and that's what we stipulated to.
    2 Not that those were for acoustical control.
    3 MR. CARSON: $820 was the number, and
    4 that was stipulated to, right?
    5 MR. DIVER: Yes. But, I'm telling you,
    6 there's a document in the record that says no
    7 charge was made for the rotation of this device on
    8 its axis.
    9 THE COURT: Mr. Carson, could I see the
    10 document that you're discussing?
    11 MR. CARSON: Can we go off the record to
    12 discuss the stipulation?
    13 THE COURT: Let's go off the record to
    14 discuss the cost information that is in the
    15 record, and that has been made part of the
    16 evidence.
    17 (Off the record)
    18 THE COURT: At this point, we have the
    19 introduction of a stipulation, Stipulation Number
    20 1, and it's a stipulation by the parties to
    21 specific costs that were incurred related to the
    22 HVAC system. Is that an accurate reflection of
    23 the stipulation?
    24 MR. DIVER: Yes, that these are specific
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1306
    1 costs that were incurred for the activities that
    2 are listed on the document, yes.
    3 THE COURT: And, that you agree that
    4 these are the actual costs?
    5 MR. CARSON: Yes, that's the stipulation.
    6 MR. DIVER: Yes, that's the stipulation.
    7 THE COURT: Thank you very much. You may
    8 proceed.
    9 MR. CARSON: That's marked Stipulation
    10 No. 1.
    11 THE COURT: Yes. And, let the record
    12 reflect that the stipulation does not reflect all
    13 costs related to the HVAC system, but does reflect
    14 the costs that are identified on the document as
    15 being actual costs.
    16 BY MR. CARSON:
    17 Q Did you apprise the
    Sheltons of the steps
    18 that were being taken; that is, rotating the unit,
    19 putting blankets on the compressors, cones on
    20 fans?
    21 A Yes, either I apprised them or I asked
    22 Pete to apprise them. They were apprised.
    23 Q And, with respect to the plans for
    24 installing plantings and a stockade fence, were
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1307
    1 they made aware of those plans, as well?
    2 A Yes, there were actually two fences.
    3 There was a fence that we put around the unit, and
    4 a second fence that was on our joint property
    5 line. I needed to ask their permission to take
    6 down an old, rickety fence and put up a brand new
    7 one. I needed their permission in order to do
    8 that. So, they were apprised at the time that
    9 there would be a fence and also trees, that would
    10 be on the property line. Trees on our side, that
    11 is.
    12 Q Did you have an understanding as to
    13 whether these trees that were planned would have
    14 any effect on the transmission of sound from your
    15 property to the
    Shelton's property?
    16 A At the time, I believed they would, yes.
    17 Q And, what was your understanding?
    18 A If you put something in the way of a
    19 sound, it will muffle the sound.
    20 Q Did you also have an understanding, with
    21 respect to the effect of a stockade fence, with
    22 respect to the transmission of sound from your
    23 property to the
    Shelton property?
    24 A Basically, the same understanding that
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1308
    1 you put a barrier up between the noise and end
    2 point, that it will retard it, in some fashion.
    3 Q In the spring and summer of 1994, was
    4 your family occupying the home?
    5 A No, they were not.
    6 Q Were you operating the air conditioning
    7 unit at that time?
    8 A In the spring and -- well, late spring,
    9 early summer, yes, we were.
    10 Q Of 1994?
    11 A Of 1994, yes.
    12 Q And, why were you operating the air
    13 conditioning at that time, if your family was not
    14 occupying the home?
    15 A Well, at the time over the winter and
    16 into the spring and summer, more parts of the
    17 house were being installed. We were still doing
    18 plastering, and there was still an additional
    19 level of moisture in the house. We have a fair
    20 amount of plaster moldings, which were creating a
    21 problem getting rid of the moisture. We also were
    22 putting in more and more woodwork, millwork. I
    23 think the second floor was now complete, virtually
    24 complete, except for the master bedroom. And, the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1309
    1 downstairs, first floor, was starting to get its
    2 installation of woodwork. We also had the kitchen,
    3 I believe, fully installed. And, we were just
    4 trying to protect and preserve the work that was
    5 there. And also, provide for an environment that
    6 was conducive for the continuing installation of
    7 the millwork product that we had ordered.
    8 Q Did you experience any specific problems
    9 regarding humidity as far as the work that was in
    10 place?
    11 A We ended up having a number of problems,
    12 particularly in the floors. The wood planks were
    13 buckling because they were taking in more humidity
    14 than we were able to get out of the house. We
    15 tried. We put humidifiers and all sorts of other
    16 ancillary type rental units in to try and help
    17 expedite the matter and move the humidity out.
    18 But, we were still experiencing the buckling
    19 problem, and actually had to have the floors
    20 replaced. I think they've been replaced now,
    21 three times.
    22 Q In this time frame, let's say the late
    23 spring, early summer of 1994, did you have
    24 occasion to speak with a
    Winnetka Police Officer
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1310
    1 concerning a complaint?
    2 A I believe it was in June of 1994, I
    3 received a phone call from an officer from the
    4
    Winnetka Police main station who said that he had
    5 received a complaint from a neighbor about the air
    6 conditioning unit, and asked me to turn it off.
    7 Q And, what did you say to him in that
    8 conversation?
    9 A I asked him, I said, would you help me
    10 understand what I've done wrong? Am I, you know,
    11 am I in violation of something? Are you telling
    12 me that I have to turn it off? He said, no, I'm
    13 just asking you to turn off the unit. I said
    14 well, if you're telling me to turn it off, I'll be
    15 happy to turn it off. He said no, I can't tell you
    16 to turn it off. It's not part of our
    17 jurisdiction. All I can do is make the call and
    18 ask you to turn it off. I said, what do you
    19 suggest? He said, I would appreciate it if you
    20 would turn it off. I said fine, I'll go turn it
    21 off. So, I went and turned it off.
    22 Q What, if
    anything,did you do after that,
    23 as a result of that phone conversation?
    24 A The next morning, I went to the job site
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1311
    1 and talked with Pete about my conversation the
    2 evening prior, and said to Pete, let's go talk to
    3 some folks at city hall, Village Hall, and let's
    4 talk to the police and find out exactly where we
    5 stand. I don't want to create any problems. I'm
    6 moving into the area, I'd like to know if I'm
    7 doing something wrong. I guess I'd like to know,
    8 as soon as possible, so I can take corrective
    9 action.
    10 Q By the way, in your conversation with the
    11 police officer, did he identify who had
    12 complained?
    13 A He said it was one of my neighbors. I
    14 asked him if it was the neighbor to the north, and
    15 he said yes.
    16 Q So, after your conversation with Pete
    17
    Keller the next morning at the job site, what, if
    18 anything, did you do?
    19 A Pete and I got in our respective cars and
    20 I drove to Village Hall and it opens up, I
    21 believe, at 8:00 o'clock. And, we went inside,
    22 looking for Wayne
    Brennan, who was the then, in
    23 charge of the inspectors. I thought in charge of
    24 the inspectors for residential work. Wayne was,
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1312
    1 had taken vacation that week, and I then asked, I
    2 actually met his supervisor, Ken King. Ken was
    3 familiar with the situation.
    4 MR. DIVER: Objection, your Honor, as to
    5 what Mr. King told him as to either his
    6 familiarity with or anything else he told him,
    7 It's pure hearsay as to what Ken King had to say.
    8 MR. CARSON: Again, your Honor, this is
    9 in the nature of testimony to establish the
    10 witness' state of mind and his response to
    11 complaints, and what steps he took in response to
    12 the complaints. It's no different, really, than
    13 the multitude of exhibits that have gone in to
    14 show that Mr. Crown was put on notice that there
    15 was a complaint. This is simply what information
    16 he gathered and learned in response to those
    17 complaints. It's not offered for the truth.
    18 THE COURT: Objection overruled. I'll
    19 permit the witness to answer the question.
    20 BY MR. CARSON:
    21 Q Before you get to that, Mr. Crown, you
    22 had a conversation with Ken King at the Village
    23 Hall that morning?
    24 A Ken King and one of his associates, Ann
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1313
    1
    Kirshner, I believe her name is.
    2 Q Pete
    Keller was also there?
    3 A Pete was next to me at the time.
    4 Q Anyone else?
    5 A At the time, no, that was just, and Ann
    6
    Kirshner. I believe she was very familiar with
    7 the situation, inasmuch as she had been talking to
    8 the
    Sheltons in previous conversations.
    9 Q And, what transpired at that meeting?
    10 A I explained to them the situation, that I
    11 had gotten a call from the police chief the night
    12 before or not the chief, but one of the police
    13 officers of the
    Winnetka Department the night
    14 before. That I was concerned that I didn't
    15 understand, I wanted to know that I was not
    16 creating a, that I was not out of compliance of
    17 some code or ordinance. That if there was
    18 something that I was doing that was inappropriate,
    19 I at least wanted to know that firsthand, as
    20 opposed to being told that later on down the line,
    21 I wanted to address it up front. And, therefore, I
    22 wanted to come and talk to Wayne
    Brennan
    23 personally and address the situation with him
    24 face-to-face. I was told that Wayne was on
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1314
    1 vacation for the week and --
    2 MR. DIVER: I'll object, unless we hear
    3 from whom he was told this.
    4 A Ken King told me that Wayne
    Brennan was
    5 on vacation for the week, that he was
    Wayne's
    6 supervisor. Ken King was
    Wayne's supervisor, to
    7 which I suggested if they had 15 minutes, Ann
    8
    Kirshner and Ken King had 15 minutes, would they
    9 mind following Pete and me back to my house so
    10 that we could show them the unit, listen to the
    11 unit, and talk about it on the premises.
    12 Q And, did they agree to do that?
    13 A They agreed. They got into, I think, one
    14 car and followed us back, followed me back,
    15 followed Pete back to the house, which is not that
    16 far away. And, we proceeded to stand next to the
    17 unit, walk around the unit, talk in a very, you
    18 know, low, normal, conversational tone.
    19 Q Was the unit operating at that time?
    20 A Yes, it was.
    21 Q And, you had a conversation, again, with
    22 Mr. King and Ms.
    Kirshner, and Mr.
    Keller, at the
    23 unit?
    24 A Right next to the unit, about a little
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1315
    1 closer than you are from me.
    2 Q Okay. Indicating about 8 feet?
    3 A Actually, we were about a foot and a half
    4 to two feet away.
    5 Q Okay. And, what was said by whom in that
    6 conversation?
    7 A I explained to them, I said this is the
    8 unit that seems to be creating the problems. And,
    9 I just wanted to know whether or not there was
    10 anything that I had done or hadn't done that I
    11 needed to take action on, or be aware of. And,
    12 Ann
    Kirshner apprised me that I was in compliance
    13 with ordinances and codes.
    14 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, I'm
    15 assuming that my objection to this entire line of
    16 questioning, it still stands; that this is being
    17 offered just for the purpose of what she said, but
    18 not for the purpose of whether or not he was in
    19 compliance with codes.
    20 MR. CARSON: It's not our intent to
    21 introduce this for the truth. This is simply to
    22 establish this witness' state of mind.
    23 MR. DIVER: It's a hearsay statement that
    24 the witness received.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1316
    1 A And, I was told that I was, that I had
    2 done that which was necessary and required by the
    3 Village, and they also, Ken King also commented
    4 that he thought the unit was, he said this seems
    5 to be a quiet unit to me.
    6 MR. DIVER: Again, that's not offered for
    7 the truth of it, I assume, is that true, that that
    8 was not offered for the purpose of the truth of
    9 whether or not it was quiet or not?
    10 MR. CARSON: I would refer, Madam Hearing
    11 Officer, if Mr. Diver makes his objection rather
    12 than direct questions to me.
    13 MR. DIVER: I've made an objection. This
    14 is a dialogue question. The point is, counsel,
    15 you're allowing this witness to get in all kinds
    16 of information that's going to be willy-nilly
    17 treated as either part of his mental state, or for
    18 the truth. And, I want to make it clear that it's
    19 not being offered for the purpose of establishing
    20 the truth of it, but merely for the purpose of
    21 saying this is something somebody said to
    22 somebody, and it was for the purpose of
    23 determining what Steven's mental state was. If
    24 that's the only purpose of this line of
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1317
    1 questioning, fine. Otherwise, I'll move to strike
    2 the entire line of questioning.
    3 MR. CARSON: Madam Hearing Officer, if
    4 you wish me to respond, I'm happy to respond.
    5 THE COURT: I believe you responded on
    6 this point previously.
    7 MR. CARSON: Thank you.
    8 THE COURT: This testimony appears to be
    9 for the purpose of establishing Mr. Crown's mental
    10 state with respect to the HVAC system, and sounds
    11 that were emitted by the system. And, it also
    12 reflects efforts that he took with respect to
    13 those emissions. So, I'll permit the witness to
    14 continue testifying in this manner. And, at this
    15 point, it would be a good idea for us to take our
    16 morning break, albeit late. So, let's take a five
    17 to ten minute break and then we'll come back and
    18 continue.
    19 MR. CARSON: Thank you.
    20 (WHEREUPON, a short recess was
    21 taken.)
    22 THE COURT: Back on the record.
    23 MR. CARSON: Yes, thank you.
    24 BY MR. CARSON:
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1318
    1 Q I'd like to turn your attention back to
    2 Exhibit No. 49, which was the October 11, 1993
    3 letter, and, specifically, the comment at the
    4 bottom of Page 2. Pete says that your unit can be
    5 located anywhere around your house. We ask that
    6 you relocate it. First, did you have any
    7 conversations with Pete
    Keller in the timeframe of
    8 this letter, that is the fall of 1993 or, let's
    9 say, prior to your receipt of this letter,
    10 concerning the possibility of relocating the unit?
    11 A No.
    12 Q After your receipt of this letter, did
    13 you have any
    coversation with Pete
    Keller
    14 concerning the possibility of relocating the unit?
    15 A I approached Pete after I got the letter,
    16 and asked him if he had made that statement to the
    17
    Sheltons. And, it concerned me that he had made a
    18 statement like that without first at least
    19 conferring with me.
    20 Q And, how did he respond?
    21 A
    Pete's response was, he said well, it can
    22 be relocated, the house can be relocated. He said
    23 in construction, anything is possible. Whether
    24 it's feasible or practicable, or whether it's
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1319
    1 advisable, he wasn't really in a position to say.
    2 But, if asked if it could be moved, he said yes, I
    3 told them it could be moved. But, he was talking
    4 about just a physical picking up and putting some
    5 someplace else.
    6 Q Did you have, did you form an impression
    7 in October of 1993 as to the practicability of
    8 moving the unit to another location, at that stage
    9 of the project?
    10 A At that time, we were in the early stages
    11 of the installation. We were still working on the
    12 fencing, the landscaping.
    13 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, I'm
    14 going to have to object, again, unless it's a
    15 continuing understanding that when he's using this
    16 word "we", he's talking about what he's doing. I
    17 don't believe he's talking about what he's doing,
    18 and I can't tell if he's talking about what he's
    19 doing or what somebody else is doing.
    20 A I'll try and be more specific, Madam
    21 Hearing Officer.
    22 THE COURT: The objection is overruled.
    23 A During that time, Mid/
    Res was still in
    24 the final phases of tweaking the machine, or at
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1320
    1 least it was still in the process of fine-tuning
    2 the equipment. We had not yet installed all of
    3 the surrounding trees. I had not, they had not
    4 been installed as I had authorized. Also,
    5 essentially, we weren't done yet with the
    6 installation. And, I didn't feel that it was a
    7 fair time to make any type of judgment as to
    8 whether or not the unit was or wasn't operating in
    9 the manner in which it was hoped to, or designed
    10 to.
    11 Q So, on the basis of those considerations,
    12 did you make a determination as to whether or not
    13 the unit should be moved?
    14 A At the time, it didn't seem as though
    15 that would be a rational, thoughtful, next step.
    16 Q Why not?
    17 A Well, first of all, I was relying on
    18 experts in the field of HVAC, Mid/Res. David
    19
    Shelton, to my knowledge, wasn't an expert in the
    20 field. I had had numerous conversations with our
    21 experts, as it related to location, and the
    22 equipment. It had been a very long, thoughtful
    23 process. It was a fairly elaborate, complex
    24 system. And, I was relying on our experts, in
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1321
    1 large part, for, you know, as to their
    2 recommendations, and then implementing the
    3 recommendations. And, it didn't seem, at least
    4 prudent at the time, to stop mid-stream and go
    5 another direction, based upon a statement or a
    6 recommendation from someone who I had no idea
    7 where they were getting their facts or
    8 information.
    9 Q Did you have occasion to speak with
    Susi
    10
    Shelton concerning this letter, this Exhibit No.
    11 49?
    12 A I believe we spoke after I received the
    13 letter. Sometime, we'd run into each other on
    14 occasion.
    15 Q Can you put a time frame on that
    16 conversation?
    17 A It was in the fall of 1993. I don't know
    18 exactly when.
    19 Q And, who was present in that
    20 conversation?
    21 A Well, I don't recall.
    Susi Shelton and
    22 me, I guess the two of us. I don't know if there
    23 were other people around.
    24 Q And, what did she say to you and what did
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1322
    1 you say to her, in that conversation?
    2 A She said that she was still concerned
    3 about the sound. I believe I told her that we
    4 were still taking steps to try and put the shields
    5 up or the trees up around it, and the fence. And,
    6 that she asked me if I had received her husband,
    7 David's, letter. I said yes, I did. I told her
    8 that, you know, we were taking actions to try and
    9 remedy the situation.
    10 Q Did you ever tell
    Susi Shelton that you
    11 did not intend to respond to her husband's stupid
    12 letter, or words to that effect?
    13 A No, I never used words to that effect. I
    14 may have told her that I didn't intend to write a
    15 written response to her letter, that I was going
    16 to just verbally tell them what we were going to
    17 be doing. And, more of a good neighbor approach,
    18 just keep them apprised of where we were and what
    19 the progress was. But, I didn't intend on getting
    20 into a litany of letters going back and forth
    21 between neighbors when I could just as easily talk
    22 to them.
    23 Q I now show you Exhibit No. 17, which is a
    24 July 6th, 1994 letter.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1323
    1 A 1994?
    2 Q Yes, July 6th, 1994, Exhibit No. 17?
    3 A Right.
    4 Q This is a letter that you received from
    5 David
    Shelton, is that right?
    6 A Yes.
    7 Q Calling your attention to the second
    8 paragraph, Mr.
    Shelton, stated in this letter to
    9 you that, "We had intended to press the Village
    10 for action at last Tuesday's council meeting.
    11 However, after talking with Bill
    Devers, we did
    12 not do this." Who is Bill
    Devers?
    13 A Bill
    Devers is a neighbor, part of the
    14
    Ardsley-Pelham neighborhood.
    15 Q And, are you acquainted with Bill
    Devers?
    16 A Actually, my wife and his wife are
    17 friends, or have been friends over the years.
    18 I've met Bill, on occasion.
    19 Q And, showing you Exhibit No. 14, which is
    20 a July 1, 1994 letter from Bill
    Devers to you, is
    21 that a letter that you received from Bill
    Devers
    22 at the beginning of July, 1994?
    23 A Yes. I actually received the letter
    24 after returning back to town from Colorado.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1324
    1 Q Okay. Did you have occasion to speak with
    2 Bill
    Devers on the subject of the
    Shelton
    3 complaint?
    4 A Yes.
    5 Q Where did that conversation take place?
    6 A It took place in Aspen, Colorado, at a
    7 4th of July party that was held at the Little Nell
    8 Hotel.
    9 Q And, that would have been after the
    10 letter, which is Exhibit No. 14, was sent by Mr.
    11
    Devers to you?
    12 A Yes.
    13 Q But, you just testified you didn't see it
    14 yet?
    15 A No, the letter, I hadn't received the
    16 letter as yet.
    17 Q And, it was also before you received the
    18 July 6th letter, which is Exhibit No. 17, from Mr.
    19
    Shelton?
    20 A That's correct.
    21 Q And, who else was present for that
    22 conversation between you and Mr.
    Devers?
    23 A We're at a party, there were a whole host
    24 of people there, but nobody was present for the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1325
    1 conversation, other than Bill and I were just
    2 talking to each other.
    3 Q What did he say to you, and what did you
    4 say to him?
    5 MR. DIVER: Objection, hearsay, to the
    6 extent that we're going to hear what Mr.
    Devers
    7 had to say to him.
    8 MR. CARSON: This, again, your Honor,
    9 this is not offered for the truth. It goes to the
    10 witness' state of mind in his response to the
    11 neighbor's complaints.
    12 MR. DIVER: His state of mind as to what?
    13 THE COURT: Overruled. The objection is,
    14 therefore, overruled.
    15 A I can answer?
    16 MR. CARSON: Yes.
    17 A Okay. You're asking me?
    18 BY MR. CARSON:
    19 Q What did Mr.
    Devers say to you and what
    20 did you say to him in that conversation?
    21 A At the party, Bill
    Devers came over to me
    22 and said hello, and said Steve, could I speak to
    23 you a second? He pulled me aside, he said first
    24 of all, I'd like to apologize. I sent a letter out
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1326
    1 and I just wanted, I was asked to send a letter
    2 out, and I just wanted to let you know you will be
    3 receiving it after you get home. He says we seem
    4 to have a problem as it relates to you and the
    5
    Sheltons. I'd just like to see it get resolved.
    6 I responded to Bill, I said I'm aware that there's
    7 a problem, but I said, are you aware, and then he
    8 asked, he said well, you know, you need to do
    9 something to address the situation. I said Bill,
    10 are you aware that we have been taking action, and
    11 we're continuing to take actions as it relates to
    12 this particular situation, to the air conditioning
    13 unit. Bill was unaware of any actions that either
    14 had been taken, or were planned to be taken. So, I
    15 went through the list of the turning of the unit,
    16 the cones, the blankets, the shielding, the
    17 fences, the nighttime activities being turned off,
    18 and so on. Bill was very much surprised that we
    19 had been taking these type of actions. And, he
    20 said well, I'm hopeful that you and David
    Shelton
    21 can resolve this thing. And, that's pretty much
    22 the extent of our conversation.
    23 A I think he did invite me to come over to
    24 his house when we got back with my wife, just to
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1327
    1 visit. I think that was the last part of it,
    2 actually.
    3 Q And, thereafter, upon your return to
    4 Chicago, you received the letter, which is Exhibit
    5 No. 17, wherein Mr.
    Shelton states, "However,
    6 after talking with Bill
    Devers, we did not press
    7 the Village for action."
    8 A Yes. I received a letter, upon my
    9 return, by fax, I think.
    10 Q This letter, Exhibit No. 17, also
    11 contains, in the fourth paragraph, a statement
    12 that, "Your air conditioner contractor,
    MidWesCo,
    13 yesterday asked our acoustical engineer to consult
    14 with them on your noise problem." Do you
    15 understand that that's a reference to Al Shiner?
    16 A Yes.
    17 Q The acoustical engineer?
    18 A Yes, it is.
    19 Q And, did you, in fact, authorize or
    20 suggest to Mid/
    Res that they make contact with Al
    21 Shiner?
    22 A I talked to Brad, I had been continually
    23 talking to Brad about this. Brad
    Mautner, and Brad
    24 suggested that, during one of our conversations,
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1328
    1 that maybe we ought to bring in somebody who is an
    2 expert in the field of acoustics and sound to help
    3 provide some insight to the situation. He said, I
    4 know a fellow by the name of Al Shiner, I'd like
    5 to give him a call. I said fine, give him a call.
    6 Brad called Al Shiner and started explaining to
    7 him the situation, and was surprised to find out
    8 that Al Shiner was very much aware of the
    9 situation, inasmuch as he had been contacted by
    10 David
    Shelton previously, and was asked to perform
    11 some testing or work on Mr.
    Shelton's behalf.
    12 Brad then called me back and we talked about it,
    13 and decided that David obviously felt comfortable
    14 with Mr. Shiner.
    MidWesCo felt confident in Mr.
    15 Shiner's credentials and capability, maybe the
    16 best solution was to have a consultant that can't
    17 argue with himself as to the direction and
    18 solutions. And, I don't know whether it was my
    19 suggestion or Brad's, but it was clearly our
    20 joint, concurred position that we should go back
    21 and ask Al Shiner if he would be willing to work
    22 on both of our
    behalfs. We'd split the costs,
    23 obviously, and allow him to come up with a set of
    24 recommendations or what have you, relating to the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1329
    1 situation, or the problem. I wanted to get this
    2 resolved as much as anybody. And, it seemed that
    3 we didn't need to pick sides in order to find a
    4 consultant because each one we felt might have its
    5 own vested interest in wanting to come up with the
    6 solution.
    7 Q So, as a result of this discussion
    8 between you and Brad, to your understanding, Al
    9 Shiner undertook the engagement?
    10 A Brad called Al Shiner. Al Shiner then
    11 called David
    Shelton and asked permission to work
    12 on both of our
    behalfs.
    13 Q And, do you know, it's your
    14 understanding, was that permission given?
    15 A Permission was given, with a caveat that
    16 if it got into a situation where Al Shiner --
    17 David
    Shelton said it was, you know, it was
    18 unusual to have somebody work on both accounts,
    19 but that if it got into a situation, legal
    20 situation otherwise, he didn't want Shiner working
    21 on our behalf. But, that's understandable. At
    22 this point, we weren't looking at going that
    23 route. We were looking more toward trying to find
    24 a solution or at least recommendations to get us
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1330
    1 to a solution.
    2 Q And, did you learn that Al Shiner
    3 conducted sound measurements at the
    Shelton
    4 property?
    5 A I learned of it. I think I received
    6 from, I think, David
    Shelton, a letter with some
    7 sound measurement readings that Shiner had taken.
    8 Q And, after your receipt of those sound
    9
    redings, what, if anything, did you do?
    10 A I passed them on to Brad
    Mautner. I
    11 relied on Brad to help interpret, explain to me
    12 what it meant.
    13 Q Did you have occasion to meet with Brad
    14
    Mautner to, for that purpose, to have someone
    15 explain them to you?
    16 A I talked to Brad on the phone. I don't
    17 know if I met with him in person. He had a copy, I
    18 had a copy, we probably talked by phone. I don't
    19 know that we personally got together and went
    20 through the numbers, or went through the
    21 information. But, I asked him to take a look at it
    22 and help explain to me what it meant.
    23 Q Did you have a meeting with Brad
    Mautner,
    24 Al Shiner, and Pete
    Keller after your receipt of
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1331
    1 those sound readings?
    2 A Afterwards, we arranged, I arranged with
    3 Brad and Pete and Al Shiner to meet at my house to
    4 talk, to take a look at the unit, to discuss what
    5 possible approaches or possible suggestions he
    6 might have to address the situation.
    7 Q And, that meeting took place
    8 approximately when?
    9 A I want to say late July, 1994.
    10 Q Okay. Looking at Exhibit No. 34, which
    11 is a July 12, 1994 letter.
    12 A Mid July, 1994.
    13 Q Does this refresh your recollection as to
    14 when the meeting took place?
    15 A Yes, it's not long after the letter I
    16 received from David
    Shelton. So, mid-July would
    17 probably be right.
    18 Q Okay. And, Exhibit No. 34 is a letter to
    19 David
    Shelton from Al Shiner showing copies to you
    20 and to Pete
    Keller and Brad Mautner. And, it
    21 references a meeting that occurred on July 11,
    22 1994.
    23 A Right.
    24 Q There was such a meeting?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1332
    1 A Yes, there was.
    2 Q And, was the subject of available options
    3 for the further attenuation of the sound discussed
    4 at that meeting?
    5 A Yes. We looked at, we were discussing a
    6 number of different approaches.
    7 Q Okay. What was discussed at the meeting?
    8 What approaches were discussed?
    9 A I don't know if I can, I don't know if I
    10 remember all the approaches, but we were trying to
    11 figure out, when I say "we", in this case, I'm
    12 talking about Shiner and
    Mautner. Pete and I are
    13 not acoustical experts. Essentially, Brad and Al
    14 were talking about possibly enclosing the unit
    15 differently than we had previously decided, as
    16 opposed to putting a stockade fence or trees, to
    17 put some much different type of structure around
    18 it. And, one of the ideas that was put forth was
    19 to build a building around it, essentially, with
    20 walls, concrete block walls or 8 inch concrete
    21 block walls and a roof.
    22 Q And, looking at the attachment, the
    23 second page of Exhibit No. 34, is that a drawing
    24 that was created at that meeting?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1333
    1 A I don't believe it was created at the
    2 meeting. It may well have been a, it was a result
    3 of the meeting, but it, I don't think that it
    4 looks like Pete
    Keller's handwriting. And, I
    5 think that this is more
    Pete's understanding of
    6 one of the directions that we were talking about.
    7 Q And, on the drawing, you could see that
    8 it references a roof line, and there's what
    9 appears to be a roof drawn on this drawing,
    10 correct?
    11 A On the right hand side, it says roof,
    12 line of roof, yes.
    13 Q What, if any, discussion was there at
    14 this meeting concerning creating an enclosure with
    15 a roof on it?
    16 A There were a couple of issues that were
    17 of concern. One was related to Mid/
    Res' concern
    18 as to the operational, functional question of air
    19 and how air moves, if it were in a building. And
    20 then, that was the one issue that the technical
    21 folks were addressing.
    Pete's concern was if you
    22 put a roof over it, you're essentially coming
    23 under, he was not sure whether or not this was
    24 something that could be built on a concrete pad or
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1334
    1 whether it qualified as a structure and required
    2 footings and foundations. And, we also had,
    3 because of a change in the FAR, floor area ratio
    4 calculation of the Village of
    Winnetka, we had
    5
    maxed out, as I understod it, our allowable floor
    6 area
    useage. So, this would require a special
    7 variance in order to be built, if we were to build
    8 a structure with a roof. So, Pete was concerned
    9 about the
    timeframe and the process. And, in order
    10 to expedite and get at least a preliminary reading
    11 from the Village, Pete threw together a drawing,
    12 which was his understanding as to what this
    13 structure would look like, and wanted to present
    14 it to people in the Building Department at the
    15 Village to get their read as to whether or not we
    16 had, as you can see, on the right hand side, it
    17 says above grade. You can see a foundation and a
    18 footing below grade, which meant that this is
    19 going to become a permanent structure. It's no
    20 different than an addition, and would, therefore,
    21 require a special variance as it related to our
    22 property.
    23 Q And, when you say Pete threw together
    24 this drawing, looking at Exhibit No. 34, it
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1335
    1 appears that the drawing that's attached to it was
    2 created within a day after the meeting.
    3 A It was.
    4 Q Is that your recollection?
    5 A It was within a day or so after the
    6 meeting. Pete just wanted to get moving on it.
    7 Our whole intent here was to try and find a
    8 resolution and move as quickly as we possibly
    9 could to get this matter behind us.
    10 Q I'm showing you now Exhibit No. 47, which
    11 is a letter dated July 21, 1994 from David
    Shelton
    12 to Alan Shiner. And, this letter also shows you as
    13 a c.c., as well as Greg
    Zak. Did you receive a
    14 copy of this letter in the latter part of July,
    15 1994?
    16 A I received the letter portion of it. I'm
    17 not sure if I received the last couple of pages of
    18 the, I don't think I received the last three
    19 pages.
    20 Q So, you did receive the first two?
    21 A Yes, I recall seeing the first two. The
    22
    Trane engineering bulletin, what it says up on the
    23 top, Pages 1, 2, 3, I didn't get that until, I
    24 think, a second letter that was sent to me by
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1336
    1 David
    Shelton.
    2 Q According to this letter, Mr.
    Shelton was
    3 raising some questions concerning the proposed
    4 enclosure. Had you authorized the construction of
    5 the enclosure that was shown on Exhibit No. 34?
    6 A No.
    7 Q Why not?
    8 A Because at the time, there were some
    9 questions raised by Mid/
    Res as to the operational
    10 efficiency of it. There were still some other
    11 ideas that were--in fact, Brad
    Mautner told me
    12 that he had some other thoughts that might work,
    13 as well as the proposed enclosure, and still
    14 provide the air flow requirements. And, we were,
    15 you know, this was hopefully going to be a
    16 permanent fix, not a Band-Aid or create additional
    17 problems as we moved along. So, we wanted to do
    18 this in a very thoughtful fashion from the get go.
    19 Q So, it was your understanding that
    20 Mid/
    Res was working on another alternative?
    21 A They were. As I understood it, from Brad,
    22 they were exploring some other possible ways of
    23 enclosing the unit, which ultimately resulted in,
    24 I guess what are called the quiet flow panels or
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1337
    1 the metal panels that surround it today.
    2 Q Did you hear from other neighbors, aside
    3 from the
    Sheltons, in 1994, concerning sound
    4 emissions from the air conditioner?
    5 A I received letters from neighbors, yes.
    6 Q This is Exhibit No. 38, which is a group
    7 exhibit comprised of a number of letters dated
    8 July 27, 1994. Are these letters that you sent,
    9 at that time, July 27, 1994?
    10 A Yes.
    11 Q And, what was the purpose of sending the
    12 letters?
    13 A The purpose was simply that I had
    14 thought, from the beginning, that David
    Shelton
    15 and I could resolve this issue neighbor to
    16 neighbor, that we didn't need to go outside of our
    17 own respective household, and that I thought that
    18 I was working on this in a very diligent, very
    19 thoughtful fashion. But, it was becoming apparent
    20 that other neighbors, in fact the neighborhood,
    21 was being brought into this, this apparent
    22 conflict or disagreement. It was also apparent
    23 that one side of the story was being told, as was
    24 relayed to me by Bill
    Devers. And, it seemed that,
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1338
    1 as opposed to staying quiet and not taking a, it
    2 wasn't our position to go out and put this in the
    3 press or put this in the neighborhood as an issue,
    4 because of the level it had escalated to, it
    5 seemed appropriate to maybe set the record
    6 straight and just bring the neighborhood up to
    7 date so that at least everybody had a common base
    8 of information and heard from me. I felt that
    9 this letter, at least would shed some light on the
    10 other side of the issue, my side. And, therefore,
    11 I felt it appropriate to send the letter. And, I
    12 also felt it appropriate to carbon copy David
    13
    Shelton on all copies of it. So, I guess he
    14 received a package of 20 or 30 some letters some
    15 day, all identical, but addressed to the different
    16 neighbors in the neighborhood.
    17 Q In this letter, you make a statement that
    18 your neighbor has worked to create a certain
    19 frenzy in the neighborhood. What is it that
    20 you're referring to?
    21 A In the conversations that I had with
    22 neighbors, we were, I was told that the
    Sheltons
    23 had been inviting people over to their house.
    Susi
    24
    Shelton had run over to our new neighbors, the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1339
    1
    Neal's next door, and started a conversation, have
    2 you heard the air conditioning unit? And then,
    3 that, and the visits down to the Village Hall for
    4 the Tuesday meetings. And then, the article that
    5 ultimately came out in the "Pioneer Press", it
    6 was, this was becoming a cause
    celebre. The
    7 project, in and of itself, was a large enough
    8 project in the Village. Actually, there were two
    9 big projects going on at the time, ours and the
    10 one down the street. So, we were somewhat visible
    11 and now, all of a sudden, the neighbors were being
    12 brought into this. Facts were being thrown about,
    13 statements were being made, and the neighbors, we
    14 were, we had not yet moved into the neighborhood
    15 and we, I, along with my wife this time, so it's
    16 we, were very concerned about moving into the
    17 neighborhood on a bad foot. We didn't want our
    18 neighbors to think we were building a house,
    19 putting a wall around it, and that was it. So, I
    20 was concerned that the perception that the
    21 neighborhood might have of me or my family would
    22 be somewhat skewed improperly. And, also felt
    23 that it was important that I communicate with them
    24 in some fashion, since now Mr.
    Shelton saw fit to
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1340
    1 include them in this conversation. So, the frenzy
    2 was that all of a sudden, people are now involved
    3 with half facts or partial facts, or bits and
    4 pieces of information, and were signing documents
    5 that were generic documents, that really didn't
    6 have any, they weren't really clear on what the
    7 problem or the programs were to try and address
    8 them.
    9 Q And, in this letter, Exhibit No. 38, you
    10 describe some of the things that were done toward
    11 sound attenuation, with the statement, "We have
    12 done all these things." And, indeed, you had done
    13 those things, correct?
    14 A That's correct.
    15 Q Looking in the third paragraph. And, you
    16 were concerned that these neighbors weren't aware
    17 that you had taken these steps?
    18 A I wasn't sure what the neighbors were
    19 aware of. I was aware that the
    Devers were
    20 unaware of what actions we had taken. And, I
    21 assumed that, I made the assumption that if Bill
    22
    Devers wasn't aware, other neighbors may not be
    23 aware. And, therefore, it probably didn't hurt to
    24 make sure everybody was brought up to the same
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1341
    1 level of understanding and awareness.
    2 Q Now, showing you Exhibit No. 45, which is
    3 a letter that is dated September 14th, 1994 from
    4 David
    Shelton and Robert Julian to you. This one,
    5 showing c.c.'s to Doug
    Williams, the Winnetka
    6 Village counsel, and Greg
    Zak. Did you receive
    7 this letter?
    8 A Yes, I did.
    9 MR. DIVER: Might I have a copy of that,
    10 Bob? I don't seem to find a copy in my file. Do
    11 you have it?
    12 MR. CARSON: Yes.
    13 MR. DIVER: Thank you.
    14 BY MR. CARSON:
    15 Q I'm looking for the reference here. It
    16 states, in Exhibit No. 45, bear with me one
    17 second. It states, in the second paragraph, "You
    18 have essentially ignored us", concerning their
    19 complaints regarding the sound from your air
    20 conditioner. Is that true? Were you essentially
    21 ignoring their complaints?
    22 A Quite the contrary. We were trying to
    23 address the complaints in a thoughtful,
    24 constructive fashion. And, continued to work with
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1342
    1 David
    Sheltons' chosen consultant, Al Shiner, and
    2 I worked with Brad
    Mautner and I felt that Shiner
    3 working for
    Shelton would be apprising him of
    4 either progress, steps or information as it arose.
    5 And, occasionally, would talk to the
    Sheltons.
    6 And, their first comment was, you aren't doing
    7 anything. And, I would try to give them an
    8 update. I didn't see fit, at this point, to even
    9 paper the trail.
    10 Q Showing you now what has been marked
    11 Exhibit No. 44, a letter dated September 15, 1994
    12 addressed to David
    Shelton and Robert Julian. And,
    13 this one, Exhibit No. 44, by the way, has a
    14 handwritten
    P.S. to Mr. Zak. You did send this
    15 letter, without that
    P.S., to Mr. Shelton and Mr.
    16 Julian?
    17 A That's correct.
    18 Q And, this was in response to Exhibit No.
    19 45?
    20 A That's correct.
    21 MR. DIVER: Madam Hearing Officer, has
    22 Exhibit No. 44 been admitted?
    23 THE COURT: I'll check.
    24 MR. DIVER: Are you seeking to have it
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1343
    1 admitted, Bob? I'm not.
    2 MR. CARSON: Yes, I will. I thought it
    3 was in, but I thought --
    4 MR. DIVER: My records indicate that it's
    5 not.
    6 THE COURT: Exhibit No. 44 has not yet
    7 been introduced.
    8 MR. DIVER: Right.
    9 BY MR. CARSON:
    10 Q Exhibit No. 44, is that a true and
    11 correct copy of a letter that you sent to Mr.
    12
    Shelton and Mr. Julian, excluding, for purposes of
    13 this question, the
    P.S. to Mr. Zak?
    14 A 44 is a copy of a letter sent to Greg
    15
    Zak, but it's a copy of a letter, the content of
    16 which was sent to David
    Shelton and Bob Julian.
    17 Does that help?
    18 Q Yes. You sent a copy of the letter also
    19 to Greg
    Zak?
    20 A Yes. What I have, 44, at least in front
    21 of me, is the copy of the letter sent to Greg
    Zak.
    22 The letter sent to David
    Shelton and Bob Julian is
    23 the same text, except for the postscript,
    24 handwritten postscript.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1344
    1 Q And, this letter was sent in response to
    2 the letter which is Exhibit No. 45?
    3 A That's correct. The letter dated
    4 September 14, 1995.
    5 MR. CARSON: Move for the admission of
    6 Exhibit No. 44.
    7 MR. DIVER: No objection.
    8 THE COURT: Exhibit No. 44 is entered
    9 into evidence.
    10 BY MR. CARSON:
    11 Q According to this letter, you make the
    12 statement, in the closing or on the second page,
    13 that you had been informed that you were not in
    14 violation of any applicable statute, code, or
    15 regulation. Is that correct?
    16 A That's correct.
    17 Q You were so informed at --
    18 A No, I was informed prior to that,
    19 partially through my conversation with Ken King
    20 and Ann
    Kirshner, that we were not doing anything
    21 wrong.
    22 Q Did you have occasion to speak with
    Susi
    23
    Shelton again on the subject of the sound from
    24 your air conditioner in or about the fall of 1994?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1345
    1 A I believe we talked in front of Hoover
    2 Woods School prior to, there was some sort of
    3 event, the kids walk-a-ton or some sort of kids
    4 event that was taking place.
    5 Q And, was anybody else present for that
    6 conversation?
    7 A Lots of people around, our kids were
    8 around, but the conversation would have been
    9 between
    Susi Shelton and me.
    10 Q And, what did she say to you and what did
    11 you say to her in that conversation?
    12 A It started out very friendly, saying that
    13 I hope we can get this resolved. I said well,
    14 we're working on it. And then, she immediately
    15 said well, I don't know that this is going to
    16 work. We really need to get this thing off. I
    17 said, we're taking these steps. We'll be, we're
    18 working on an enclosure to muffle the sound and,
    19 you know, this should resolve it. We're working
    20 with the appropriate -- we're working with people
    21 who seem to know what they're doing. I told her
    22 that, you know, if it doesn't work, I don't know
    23 where else to take this thing. We'll just have to
    24 let the authorities tell us what appropriate steps
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1346
    1 need to be taken to, what levels are appropriate.
    2 Q Did you ever make a statement to
    Susi
    3
    Shelton, either in that conversation or any other
    4 time, we'll see you in court, or words to that
    5 effect?
    6 A No, the last thing I wanted to do was
    7 turn this into a legal matter. I was hoping to
    8 resolve this in a very friendly, amicable,
    9 neighborly way. As a matter of fact, as I
    10 mentioned earlier, I didn't take any steps to try
    11 and paper this trail. I was trying to let actions
    12 speak louder than written words, and take the
    13 steps to try to correct the problem that was
    14 bothering the
    Sheltons.
    15 Q In the
    Shelton and Julian letter, Exhibit
    16 No. 45, there's a statement that, of their
    17 intention to take the matter to the Village of
    18
    Winnetka, to take the necessary steps to remedy
    19 the situation. Did they, to your knowledge, did
    20 they do so?
    21 A I don't know if they took it. They,
    22 there was a meeting -- I'm not sure if they took
    23 it there. There was a meeting.
    24 Q Did you learn that the Village of
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1347
    1
    Winnetka was to address this issue?
    2 A In January of 1995, I received a call on,
    3 I believe, either a Friday or a Monday, I can't
    4 remember which, from Doug
    Williams, who was the
    5
    Winnetka Village Manager, who asked me if I had
    6 received notice of a meeting that was going to be,
    7 I guess it was a discussion session or some sort
    8 of a meeting that was going to be held regarding
    9 air conditioners and sizes and those sorts of
    10 issues. I said I had not received anything. He
    11 asked me if I was going to be present. I said
    12 well, I've got other, I've got a conflict at that
    13 time, I'm not going to be able to make it. But,
    14 that I wish I had received notice previously so
    15 that I could have made other plans. But, I asked
    16 him if it would be, if I could submit a letter or
    17 some sort of a statement which helped the Village
    18 council, or whoever was going to be attending that
    19 meeting, in understanding my position, and the
    20 chronology, and what had been done. And, Doug
    21
    Williams said that he thought that would be very
    22 helpful. And so, for the balance of the day, I
    23 put together, to the best of my recollection, a
    24 chronology and a letter which presented the facts
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1348
    1 relating to the history of the installation of
    2 this system.
    3 MR. CARSON: If I could address a
    4 question to Madam Hearing Officer. Respondent's
    5 Exhibit No. 7, according to my notes, was
    6 introduced at some point, but I don't believe it
    7 would have been admitted into evidence yet. I
    8 show it's admitted into evidence.
    9 MR. DIVER: Yes.
    10 MR. CARSON: That would explain, for some
    11 reason I don't have a copy that has the sticker on
    12 it. I just have this.
    13 MR. DIVER: Do you have an extra copy of
    14 this?
    15 MR. CARSON: Isn't that the same thing?
    16 MR. DIVER: I don't believe so. I
    17 believe 7 was Mr.
    Shelton's response to this.
    18 THE COURT: Respondent's Exhibit No. 7
    19 has been introduced, but not yet admitted into
    20 evidence.
    21 MR. DIVER: Respondent's Exhibit No. 7 is
    22 introduced and not admitted.
    23 THE COURT: Correct.
    24 MR. CARSON: Can we go off the record for
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1349
    1 just a moment?
    2 THE COURT: We'll go off the record to
    3 discuss exhibits.
    4 (Off the record)
    5 BY MR. CARSON:
    6 Q I'm going to tender to the witness now
    7 Respondent's Exhibit No. 7. I have a copy for your
    8 Honor.
    9 THE COURT: Thank you.
    10 MR. CARSON: And, counsel has already
    11 been provided the copy.
    12 MR. DIVER: That's the 1-10-95 letter?
    13 MR. CARSON: Yes, it bears a date of
    14 January 10, 1995.
    15 BY MR. CARSON:
    16 Q Mr. Crown, this is a transmittal letter
    17 with an attachment bearing the date of January 10,
    18 1995, addressed to Douglas G.
    Williams, is it not?
    19 A Yes, it is.
    20 Q And, that bears your signature?
    21 A Yes, it does.
    22 Q And, the attachment is a collection of
    23 correspondence, including another letter that you
    24 wrote dated January 10, 1995, addressed to the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1350
    1
    Winnetka Village Council, is that correct?
    2 A That's correct.
    3 Q And, did you transmit this information to
    4 Douglas G.
    Williams on or about January 10, 1995?
    5 A Yes, I did.
    6 Q Who is Douglas G.
    Williams?
    7 A He's the
    Winnetka Village Manager.
    8 Q And, what was the purpose for your
    9 sending this information to Mr.
    Williams?
    10 A This package of information was sent in
    11 response to the call I received from Doug
    Williams
    12 regarding the study session to be held, I think,
    13 on or maybe it may well have been on the night of
    14 January 10th, at the Village of
    Winnetka, which
    15 was going to involve sound, noise, air conditioner
    16 sizes, a whole host of issues. And, I just wanted
    17 to have at least our position, coupled with what I
    18 thought were some of the communications leading up
    19 to it, put in one, concise package so that the
    20 Village council had a complete picture of what was
    21 going on.
    22 Q And, in referring to the five page
    23 letter, which is attached to the transmittal to
    24 Mr.
    Williams, that's a letter that you sent to the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1351
    1
    Winnetka Village Council on or about January 10,
    2 1995?
    3 A I sent it to Doug and asked him to
    4 distribute it to the Village Council.
    5 Q I see. And, the recitation of events that
    6 is set forth in this letter, is that an accurate
    7 recitation of the events, as you perceived them,
    8 as of July 10, 1995?
    9 A Yes, to the best of my knowledge, that's
    10 an accurate recitation.
    11 MR. CARSON: Move to admit Respondent's
    12 Exhibit No. 7 into evidence.
    13 MR. DIVER: No objection.
    14 THE COURT: Respondent's Exhibit No. 7 is
    15 entered into evidence.
    16 BY MR. CARSON:
    17 Q Was the matter addressed by the Village,
    18 to your knowledge?
    19 A When you say addressed, was it discussed?
    20 Q Well, did you participate in a meeting
    21 with Village officials?
    22 A We're talking two different -- the study
    23 session, which occurred around the January 10th
    24 date, I only participated by means of the letter.
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1352
    1 At the time, I don't know whether I talked to Doug
    2 before or after it, but I had suggested that I was
    3 more than willing, and encouraged him to pull us
    4 all together; the
    Sheltons, me, whomever else was
    5 an interested party at the Village. I said, let's
    6 sit down and talk about this. I'm not trying to
    7 sidestep the issue, I'd like to sit down and make
    8 sure everybody is on the same page. I recommended
    9 to Doug that I would come and meet with him any
    10 time, any place, anywhere, to discuss the matter.
    11 And, he took me up on my offer, and requested a
    12 meeting to be held at Village Hall shortly
    13 thereafter.
    14 Q Showing you Exhibit No. 35 which, I
    15 believe, is already in evidence.
    16 MR. DIVER: The date, I'm sorry?
    17 MR. CARSON: This bears a date of January
    18 21, 1995. Does this document deal with a meeting
    19 that you attended?
    20 A Yes, it deals with a meeting that, I
    21 believe, was on the 17th of January, at
    Winnetka
    22 Village Hall.
    23 Q Okay. And, showing you Exhibit No. 54,
    24 which I also wish to confirm has been entered into
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1353
    1 evidence?
    2 THE COURT: Correct.
    3 MR. CARSON: Thank you.
    4 BY MR. CARSON:
    5 Q Is that your response?
    6 MR. DIVER: The date of this?
    7 MR. CARSON: This bears the date of
    8 January 27, 1995.
    9 A I'm sorry, the question?
    10 BY MR. CARSON:
    11 Q Is Exhibit No. 54 your response to Mr.
    12
    Shelton's summary of the meeting, which is
    13 contained as part of Exhibit No. 35?
    14 A Yes. David
    Shelton had, I guess, put
    15 together a two-page memorandum as to his
    16 understanding of what had occurred. And I, at
    17 least responding to those portions relating to the
    18 per Steve Crown sections, wanted to at least go on
    19 record as not agreeing with them in their
    20 entirety, as much as I felt Mr.
    Shelton had either
    21 misunderstood or had improperly conveyed in the
    22 text what had been said.
    23 MR. DIVER: Bob, do you have an extra copy
    24 of 54?
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1354
    1 MR. CARSON: Yes.
    2 BY MR. CARSON:
    3 Q At that meeting with the Village on
    4 January 17, 1995, who was present
    5 A Really, it was at the, the meeting was at
    6 the Village Hall and Peter
    Krunkshank ( ph), Katie
    7
    Janega, Doug Williams, those were the parties
    8 representing the Village. I was there, Bob
    9 Julian,
    thoe neighbors to the north of the
    10
    Sheltons, and David and
    Susi Shelton were present.
    11 Q And, at that meeting, did you make any
    12 promise of specific actions as stated under future
    13 actions on Exhibit No. 35, per Steven Crown?
    14 A Correct one thing. Al Shiner was tied in
    15 by phone at that meeting because he was unable to
    16 attend on such short notice. Sorry. In answer to
    17 your question, as to the Number 4, future actions,
    18 is that what you're talking about?
    19 Q Yes.
    20 A No. In fact, after having a fairly
    21 lengthy discussion with all parties and explaining
    22 what the steps were as it related to what is now
    23 called the quiet flow panel pen, this is actually
    24 consistent with what David
    Shelton understood at
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1355
    1 the end of the meeting, which I corrected him on
    2 at the meeting also; that we did not say we would
    3 take whatever steps are necessary to comply with
    4 the standards at the time. There was no
    5 understanding, at least in my mind, that the
    6 standards were or were not applicable. It was
    7 unclear. Also, it was also unclear because Mr.
    8
    Shelton had suggested, well, maybe you, if you get
    9 the readings to be 10% above the standards, that
    10 might be acceptable. I mean, a lot of things were
    11 being thrown around at the time, and it just
    12 didn't seem prudent or appropriate to accept
    13 anything, in addition to when she asked me to turn
    14 the unit off until we could come to a solution,
    15 none of which were satisfactory. And, I also told
    16 him so at the meeting. And, I just wanted to make
    17 sure that it was clear as to what my position was.
    18 I believe Mr.
    Krunkshank, Ms. Janega and Mr.
    19
    Williams, you know, all heard the same thing that
    20 I had.
    21 Q Your position, then, was what?
    22 A That we were taking steps to try and
    23 address the sound issue. That we were going to be
    24 putting an enclosure around the unit, that the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1356
    1 enclosure was designed by an acoustical sound
    2 expert that both, found by Mr.
    Shelton, that we
    3 had also employed. That, we had yet not
    4 constructed the surrounding enclosure, nor taken
    5 readings, nor understood what the effects were.
    6 And, that it would be premature to do anything, at
    7 this point, until we had the benefit of that
    8 information. And then, make a judgment and go from
    9 there.
    10 Q When you stated that the concept that was
    11 mentioned at that meeting, the 10% above the IPCB
    12 standards might be acceptable. Who made that
    13 statement?
    14 A David
    Shelton. He threw it out as a
    15 possibility. I'm not sure it was actually an
    16 offer on the table, but he said I might be willing
    17 to even accept 10% above. And, quite honestly,
    18 I'm not sure if it was a serious offer on his
    19 part. I certainly didn't take it as a proposal.
    20 And, I think it was more just conversation.
    21 Q At that time, this acoustical enclosure
    22 had not been constructed, I take it?
    23 A It wasn't completely in place, it was on
    24 order. It may well have been delivered to the
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1357
    1 site because it was wintertime. I don't think it
    2 had been constructed. It may have been delivered
    3 in February, I'm not sure what the timing was, in
    4 fact.
    5 Q By the spring of 1995, was the acoustical
    6 enclosure installed?
    7 A Yes, it was constructed before the start
    8 up of the next season.
    9 Q Okay. Showing you Exhibit No. 36, which,
    10 I believe, is already in evidence. This is a
    11 letter dated March 16, 1995 from David
    Shelton to
    12 you.
    13 THE COURT: And, I show Exhibit No. 36
    14 has not been introduced, to date.
    15 MR. CARSON: One moment, please.
    16 THE COURT: Let's go off the record to
    17 change court reporters.
    18 (WHEREUPON, the following
    19 proceedings were recorded by
    Vernita
    20
    Powell.)
    21
    oOo
    22
    23
    24
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    1358
    1 CERTIFICATION
    2
    3 I, VERNETTA MCCREE, A Certified
    4 Shorthand Reporter, doing business in the State of
    5 Illinois, certify that I reported in shorthand the
    6 testimony taken in the above-entitled matter, and
    7 that this constitutes a true and accurate
    8 transcription of my shorthand notes so taken as
    9 aforesaid.
    10
    11
    12
    13
    14
    15
    16 __________________________________
    17 VERNETTA MCCREE, CSR 083-001830
    18
    19
    20
    21
    22
    23
    24
    HALSELL & HALSELL REPORTERS, Chicago, IL (312) 236-4984

    Back to top